Attached files

file filename
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - PENSON WORLDWIDE INCd79495exv32w1.htm
EX-12.1 - EX-12.1 - PENSON WORLDWIDE INCd79495exv12w1.htm
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - PENSON WORLDWIDE INCd79495exv31w2.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - PENSON WORLDWIDE INCd79495exv31w1.htm
EX-21.1 - EX-21.1 - PENSON WORLDWIDE INCd79495exv21w1.htm
EX-32.2 - EX-32.2 - PENSON WORLDWIDE INCd79495exv32w2.htm
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - PENSON WORLDWIDE INCd79495exv23w1.htm
EX-10.44 - EX-10.44 - PENSON WORLDWIDE INCd79495exv10w44.htm
EX-10.43 - EX-10.43 - PENSON WORLDWIDE INCd79495exv10w43.htm
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
001-32878
(Commission File Number)
 
 
 
 
PENSON WORLDWIDE, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware   6211   75-2896356
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
1700 Pacific Avenue, Suite 1400
Dallas, Texas 75201
(214) 765-1100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
  NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes o     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2010 (the last business day of the registrants’ most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was $86,553,301.
 
The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value, as of March 1, 2011 was 28,492,249.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Certain portions of registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2011 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 


 

 
PENSON WORLDWIDE, INC.
Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
    1  
    1  
    5  
      Business     5  
      Risk Factors     25  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     40  
      Properties     41  
      Legal Proceedings     41  
      Reserved     43  
    43  
      Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     43  
      Selected Financial Data     46  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     47  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk     64  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     65  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     66  
      Controls and Procedures     66  
      Other Information     66  
    67  
      Directors, Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance     67  
      Executive Compensation     67  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     67  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     67  
      Principal Accounting Fees and Services     67  
    68  
      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     68  
    69  
 EX-10.43
 EX-10.44
 EX-12.1
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2
 
“Penson” and the Penson logo are our trademarks. Other service marks, trademarks and trade names referred to in this annual report are the property of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

 
Basis of Presentation
 
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the term “Penson” refers to Penson Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this report to the “Company,” “Penson,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Penson Worldwide, Inc. and our subsidiaries.
 
Penson Worldwide, Inc. (“PWI”) is a holding company incorporated in Delaware. The Company conducts business through its wholly owned subsidiary SAI Holdings, Inc. (“SAI”). SAI conducts business through its principal direct and indirect operating subsidiaries, Penson Financial Services, Inc. (“PFSI”), Penson Financial Services Canada Inc. (“PFSC”), Penson Financial Services Ltd. (“PFSL”), Nexa Technologies, Inc. (“Nexa”), Penson Futures, formerly known as Penson GHCO (“Penson Futures”), Penson Asia Limited (“Penson Asia”) and Penson Financial Services Australia Pty Ltd (“PFSA”). Through these operating subsidiaries, the Company provides securities and futures clearing services including integrated trade execution, foreign exchange trading, custody services, trade settlement, technology services, risk management services, customer account processing and customized data processing services. The Company also participates in margin lending and securities lending and borrowing transactions, primarily to facilitate clearing and financing activities.
 
PFSI is a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), a member of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and is licensed to do business in all fifty states of the United States of America and certain territories. PFSC is an investment dealer registered in all provinces and territories in Canada and is a dealer member of the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada (“IIROC”). PFSL provides settlement services to the London financial community and is regulated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) and is a member of the London Stock Exchange. Penson Futures is a registered Futures Commission Merchant (“FCM”) with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and is a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”), various futures exchanges and is regulated in the United Kingdom by the FSA. PFSA holds an Australian Financial Services License and is a market participant of the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) and a clearing participant of the Australian Clearing House.
 
As of the date of this Annual Report, Penson has one class of common stock and one class of convertible preferred stock. The common stock is currently held by public shareholders and certain directors, officers and employees of the Company. None of the preferred stock is issued and outstanding. As used in this Annual Report, the term “common stock” means the common stock, and the term “preferred stock” means the convertible preferred stock, in each case unless otherwise specified.
 
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
This Annual Report and the information contained herein include forward-looking statements that involve both risk and uncertainty and that may not be based on current or historical fact. Although we believe our expectations to be accurate, forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include but are not limited to:
 
  •  interest rate fluctuations;
 
  •  general economic conditions and the effect of economic conditions on consumer confidence;
 
  •  reduced margin loan balances maintained by our customers;
 
  •  fluctuations in overall market trading volume;
 
  •  our ability to successfully implement new product offerings;
 
  •  our ability to obtain future credit on favorable terms;
 
  •  reductions in per transaction clearing fees;
 
  •  legislative and regulatory changes;


1


Table of Contents

 
  •  monetary and fiscal policy changes and other actions by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”);
 
  •  our ability to attract and retain customers and key personnel; and
 
  •  those risks detailed from time to time in our press releases and periodic filings with the SEC.
 
Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “believes,” “expects,” “hopes,” “may,” “will,” “plans,” “intends,” “estimates,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “continue,” “seeks,” “pro forma,” or “anticipates” or other similar words (including their use in the negative), or by discussions of future matters such as the development of new technology, integration of acquisitions, possible changes in our regulatory environment and other statements that are not historical. Additional important factors that may cause our actual results to differ from our projections are detailed later in this report under the section entitled “Risk Factors.” You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement.


2


Table of Contents

Glossary of selected terms
 
“Algorithmic traders” means firms or individuals that engage in “algorithmic trading,” defined below.
 
“Algorithmic trading” means the automatic generation of size and timing of orders based on preset parameters, occurs largely as a result of complex computational models and is often highly if not totally automated (i.e., trading does not necessarily require the intervention of a live trader but is generated by computers). Such trading is at times referred to as “black box” trading.
 
“ASP” refers to “Application Service Provider,” which means a licensor of software products that hosts such products on its own proprietary or leased hardware and offers customer service relating to such products to the licensee.
 
“Back-end trading software” means software programs that interface between the clearing firm, exchange or ECN, and the trader using front-end trading software.
 
“Clearing” means the verification of information between two counterparties (e.g. brokers) in a securities transaction and the subsequent settlement of that transaction, either as a book-entry transfer or through physical delivery of certificates, in exchange for payment. Clearing is the procedure by which an organization acts as an intermediary and assumes the role of buyer and seller for transactions in order to reconcile orders between transacting parties. Clearing enables the matching of buy and sell orders in a market and, typically, provides for more efficient markets as parties can make transfers to a clearing agent rather than to each individual party with whom they have transacted.
 
“Clearing firm” means the firm that provides clearing, custody, settlement and/or other services to correspondents and, at times, to customers. Clearing firms may or may not provide technology products and services such as front-end trading software and data.
 
“Client” means both correspondents and other customers who may not utilize our clearing, futures or securities products and services but which may, for example, use solely technology products and services.
 
“Correspondent” means entities (e.g., broker-dealers) that use our clearing firms’ respective regulated securities and/or futures record keeping, custody and/or settlement services as opposed to only using technology products and services. Our typical correspondent is a firm that introduces its customers to our clearing firms for clearing, custody and/or settlement services.
 
“Custody” means when a party has taken legal responsibility to hold another party’s assets such as physical securities. Custody services are the safe-keeping and managing of another party’s assets, as well as customer account maintenance and customized data processing services.
 
“Customers” means the customers of our Correspondents. Customers of our correspondents may be individuals or entities and may have an institutional or retail focus.
 
“Direct access” or “Direct market access” means when a front-end trading application permits the trader to select the market destination on which execution is desired and the order is transmitted completely electronically without human intervention.
 
“Electronic Communications Network” or “ECN” means an electronic system that matches buy and sell orders typically via computerized systems.
 
“Execution routing” means the sending of securities orders to exchanges and other market destinations such as market makers through the use of telecommunications infrastructure combined with proprietary or third party trading software.
 
“FCM” means futures commission merchant (which is similar to a broker-dealer but operates in the futures arena).
 
“Front-end trading software” means software programs used by traders to access trading information and execute trades, and that interface with back-end software systems that communicate with the clearing firm, exchange or ECN. Level II trading software (see definition below) is a form of front-end trading software.


3


Table of Contents

“Level I market information” means the most basic information available about a stock consisting principally of the bid and ask price and last trade data.
 
“Level I trading software” means a front-end trading software system designed to provide access to Level I market information for use in online trading.
 
“Level II market information” means information from multiple exchanges and other markets for the same security type.
 
“Level II trading software” means a front-end trading software system designed to provide access to Level II market information for use in active online trading and which enables a trader to select a specific exchange or market across various markets.
 
“Online trading” means trading via electronic means (typically via the Internet). Direct access trading, for example, is often viewed as a subset or a type of online trading.
 
“Settlement” means the conclusion of a securities transaction in which a broker-dealer pays for securities bought for a customer or delivers securities sold and receives payment from the buyer’s broker-dealer.


4


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   Business
 
Overview
 
We are a leading provider of a broad range of critical securities and futures processing infrastructure products and services to the global financial services industry. Our products and services include securities and futures clearing and execution, financing and cash management technology and other related offerings, and we provide tools and services to support trading in multiple markets, asset classes and currencies. Unlike most other major clearing providers, we are not affiliated with a large financial institution and we generally do not compete with our clients in other lines of business. We believe that our position as the leading independent provider in Canada, Australia and the United States is a significant differentiating factor relative to our competitors. We supply a flexible offering of infrastructure and related products and services to our clients, available both on an unbundled basis and as a fully-integrated platform encompassing all of our products and services. We believe our ability to integrate our technology offerings into our products and services is a key advantage in our effort to expand our sales and attract new clients.
 
Clearing is the verification of information between two parties in a securities or futures transaction and the subsequent settlement of that transaction, either as a book-entry transfer or through physical delivery of certificates, in exchange for payment. Custody services are the safe-keeping and managing of another party’s assets, such as physical securities, as well as customer account maintenance and customized data processing services. Clients for whom we provide securities clearing and custody services are generally referred to as our “correspondents.”
 
Since starting our business in 1995 with three correspondents, we have grown to be a leading provider of clearing services. Based on the number of correspondents as of December 31, 2010, we are the largest independent clearing broker in the U.S., and among the top two clearing brokers overall in the U.S., the largest independent clearing broker in Canada, the largest independent clearing broker in Australia and the second largest in the U.K. We have grown both organically and through acquisitions. As of December 31, 2010, we had 430 active correspondents worldwide, compared to 290 correspondents as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2010, our pipeline of new correspondents under contract was 30, the majority of which we expect to begin clearing with us by June 30, 2011.
 
With operations based in the U.S., Canada, U.K., Asia and Australia, we have established a worldwide presence primarily focused on the global markets for equities, options, futures, fixed income and foreign exchange products. We believe that international markets offer an important target market as certain characteristics of the U.S. market, including significant increases in retail, self-directed and online trading, and increased trading volumes and executions, continue to expand globally. We are organized into operating segments based on geographic regions (See Note 22 to our consolidated financial statements).
 
Our non-interest revenues include: fees from our correspondents for transaction processing and clearing; fees for providing technology solutions; and fees for providing other non-trading activities and services, including execution services, trade aggregation, prime brokerage, foreign exchange and fixed income. Clearing and commission fees are based principally on the number of trades we process. We also earn licensing and development fees from clients for their use of our technology solutions.
 
Our interest revenues are generated from customer-related balances and from our stock borrowing transactions. Interest revenues from customers are generated from margin lending, securities lending and the reinvestment of customer funds. We also derive net interest revenue from our stock conduit borrowing activities, which consist of borrowing securities from one broker-dealer and lending the same securities to another broker-dealer on a matched book basis.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated net revenues of $288.3 million. Clearing and commission fees, net interest income, technology revenues and other revenues comprised 53%, 24%, 7% and 16% of our net revenues, respectively. Approximately 40% of our securities correspondents generate both clearing and technology revenue. In addition, some of our customers generate revenue from both securities and futures trading, and trade in


5


Table of Contents

multiple global markets. The following table represents the percentages of net revenues and total correspondents by correspondent type:
 
                 
    Percentage of Net
    Percentage of Total
 
Correspondent Type
  Revenues     Correspondents  
 
Direct market access
    14.4 %     8.8 %
Retail
    15.5 %     36.2 %
Online
    15.7 %     7.8 %
Institutional
    17.0 %     30.4 %
Other
    37.4 %     16.8 %
 
The Other category consists of broker-dealers trading on a proprietary basis, broker-dealers specializing in option trading, futures trading, hedge funds, algorithmic traders and financial technology firms. See also Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for more information.
 
As an integral part of our securities clearing relationships, we maintain a significant margin lending business with our correspondents and their customers. Under these margin lending arrangements, we extend credit to our correspondents and their customers so that they may purchase securities on margin. As is typical in margin lending arrangements, we extend credit for a portion of the purchase price of the securities, which is collateralized by existing securities and cash in the accounts of our correspondents and their customers. We also earn interest income from both our securities and futures operations by investing customers’ cash and we engage in securities lending activities as a means of financing our business and generating additional interest income. Over the past year, our net interest revenues increased from $65.9 million in 2009 to $68.5 million in 2010, representing approximately 23% and 24% of our aggregate net revenues, respectively.
 
Clients
 
Currently, our principal clients are online, direct access, institutional and traditional retail brokers. We are increasingly adding large banks, institutional brokers, financial technology companies and securities exchanges as clients. Online broker-dealers principally enable investors to perform trades through the broker via the Internet through browser-based technology. Direct access broker-dealers principally provide investors with dedicated software which executes orders through direct exchange interfaces and provides real-time high speed Level II market information. Traditional retail brokers usually engage in agency trades for their customers, which may or may not be online. Institutional brokers and hedge funds typically engage in algorithmic trading or other proprietary trading strategies for their own account or, at times, agency trades for others. Our bank clients typically are non-U.S. entities making purchases for their brokerage operations. The type of financial technology client that would most likely use our products and services is a financial data content or trading software firm that purchases our data or combines its offerings with our trading software. Through our acquisitions of Goldenberg Hehmeyer and Co. (“GHCO”) and First Capitol Group LLC (“FCG”) in 2007,which both operate within Penson Futures, we added a number of futures related clients, including introducing brokers, non-clearing FCMs, commercial customers, customers who engage in hedging and risk management activities and other customers who trade futures and other instruments.
 
We have made significant investments in our U.S. and international data and execution infrastructure, as well as various types of multi-currency and multi-lingual trading software. We provide what we believe to be a flexible offering of infrastructure products and services to our clients, available both on an unbundled basis and as a fully-integrated solution. Our technology offerings are typically private-labeled to emphasize the client’s branding. We seek to put our clients’ interests first and we believe our position as the leading independent provider of U.S. securities clearing services is a significant differentiating factor. We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of our significant investments in technology infrastructure to expand sales of our products and services to these and many other clients worldwide.


6


Table of Contents

Industry trends
 
We believe that the market for securities and futures processing products and services is influenced by several significant industry trends creating continuing opportunities for us to expand our business, including:
 
Shift to outsourced solutions.  Broker-dealers and many FCMs are continuing to outsource their clearing functions. In addition, firms in the global securities and investment industry are expanding their use of third-party technology to manage their securities trading infrastructure.
 
Increase in trading in multiple markets.  Investors increasingly seek to trade in multiple markets, asset classes and currencies at once. The technological challenges associated with clearing, settlement, and custody in multiple geographies, currencies, and asset classes are prompting correspondents to seek the most comprehensive and sophisticated service providers. We have sought to capitalize on this trend by expanding our product offering into high growth areas such as the futures market, where we have significantly expanded since early 2007. Net revenues from our futures product offering comprised approximately 10% and 11% of total net revenues in 2010 and 2009.
 
Industry consolidation.  Although the significant effort and potential business disruption associated with conversion to a new clearing firm may discourage some correspondents from switching service providers, consolidation among clearing service providers has led to forced conversions. These conversions result in opportunities for correspondents to seek competing offers and, thus, for service providers to solicit new correspondents’ business without having to overcome the threshold issue of converting from an incumbent. We believe we have benefited from industry consolidation by attracting correspondents as a result of the acquisitions of major competitors by larger financial institutions and acquiring other firms.
 
Demand for increased reporting capabilities and integrated technology solutions.  Clients are increasingly demanding products that seamlessly integrate front, middle and back-office systems and allow for near real-time updating of account status and margin balances. Our ability to meet these demands makes us a preferred processing firm for correspondents in the growing algorithmic trading and hedge fund sectors.
 
Opportunities in the Canadian, European, Asian and Australian markets.  The securities and investments industries outside of the U.S., including those in Canada, Europe, Asia and Australia have followed many of the same trends as the U.S. market. Many industry participants are now requiring the same complex and sophisticated clearing and execution services that are common in the U.S. In addition, clearing firms in these markets are less likely to own trading applications, creating opportunities for the sale of Nexa’s products. We opened our first Asian office in Hong Kong in the first quarter of 2007 and an office in Tokyo during 2008 in order to expand our Asian operations. Our Asian operations are currently focused on marketing our technology products. We launched our Australian office in the second quarter of 2009, and began clearing operations there in December, 2009. We recently acquired execution contracts for 34 Australian correspondents and we currently have 48 Australian correspondents. We expect significant growth opportunities in Australian markets in 2011.
 
Our product offering
 
Clearing and related services
 
As a securities and futures processing infrastructure provider, Penson’s services include securities and futures clearing and settlement, execution, custody, account maintenance, data processing services, and technology services. Clearing is the verification of information and matching between two parties in a securities or futures transaction which is followed by the subsequent settlement of that transaction in exchange for payment or margin deposit. Custody services are the safe-keeping and managing of another party’s assets, such as securities, as well as customer account maintenance and customized data processing services. Clients for whom we provide securities clearing and custody services are generally referred to as our “correspondents” or “introducing brokers.” We also provide commodity risk management and other services to certain of our futures customers.
 
We have made substantial investments in the development of customized data processing systems that we use to provide these “back-office” services to our correspondents on an integrated, efficient and cost-effective basis,


7


Table of Contents

allowing us to process a high volume of transactions without sacrificing stability and reliability. In 2010, we processed an average of 1.3 million equity transactions, 1.4 million equity options contracts and 492,000 futures contracts per day. Our products and services reduce the need for our correspondents to make significant capital investments in a clearing infrastructure and allow them to focus on their core business competencies. These systems also enable our correspondents to provide customized, timely transaction and account information to their customers, and to monitor the risk level of their customers on a real-time basis. We have found that our comprehensive suite of advanced technology solutions is often an important factor in winning new correspondents.
 
As an integral part of our securities clearing relationships, we maintain a significant margin lending business with most of our correspondents and their customers. Under these margin lending arrangements, we extend credit to our correspondents and their customers so that they may purchase securities on margin. As is typical in margin lending arrangements, we extend credit for a portion of the purchase price of the securities, which is collateralized by existing securities and cash in the accounts of our correspondents and their customers. We also earn interest income from both our securities and futures operations by investing customers’ cash and we engage in securities lending activities as a means of financing our business and generating additional interest income.
 
Technology and data products
 
An important component of our business strategy is to identify and deploy technologies relevant to our target markets. Our technology and data product offerings, which are principally developed and marketed through our Nexa subsidiary, include customizable front-end trading platforms, a comprehensive database of real-time and historical U.S. and international equities, options and futures trade data, and order-management services. This technology embedded in our securities and futures processing infrastructure has enhanced our capacity to handle an increasing volume of transactions without a corresponding increase in personnel. We use our proprietary technology and technology licensed from third parties to provide customized, detailed account information to our clients. Our technology is critical to our vision of providing a flexible and comprehensive offering of products and services to our clients. Our technology revenues generally include revenues from software development and customization of products and features, but our technology products are designed to generate substantial subscription-based revenues. The majority of our technology revenues is recurring in nature and is generated by correspondents under contracts that generally have initial terms of two years.
 
Our competitive strengths
 
Established market position as the largest independent provider of correspondent clearing services in our primary markets.
 
We have grown organically and through acquisitions to become the leading global independent provider of securities clearing services in our primary markets with 430 active correspondents in the U.S., Canadian, Asian, Australian and U.K. markets, which includes 59 futures correspondents as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010 (based on the number of correspondents), we were the largest independent clearing broker-dealer in the U.S., Canada and Australia, as well as the second largest clearing broker in the U.K. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2010 (based on the number of correspondents), we are also the second largest clearing broker in the U.S. overall. Unlike most other major clearing service providers, we are not affiliated with a large financial institution and we generally do not compete with our clients in other lines of business. We believe our position as the leading independent provider of securities clearing services in our primary markets is a significant differentiating factor.
 
Fully-integrated securities-processing and technology solutions.
 
We are a leading provider of infrastructure to financial intermediaries, offering integrated solutions with the ability to address all major securities-processing needs. Through the integration of our own technology across all of our products and services, we have been able to expand our client base and increase our revenue from existing clients. Our products and services facilitate trading in multiple markets, asset classes and currencies, with integrated execution, clearing and settlement solutions. It is our belief that, while some clients are willing to obtain these


8


Table of Contents

products from multiple vendors, many will determine that it is easier to obtain solutions with lower integration costs and risks from one provider that can also address the regulatory requirements of their business.
 
Flexible services and infrastructure.
 
We provide a broad offering of infrastructure, technology and data products and services to our clients, available both on an unbundled basis and as a fully-integrated solution. We work closely with each of our clients to tailor the set of products and services appropriate for their individual needs.
 
Highly attractive and diversified client base.
 
Our client base comprises the following categories:  online, direct market access, institutional, retail and algorithmic, options, futures, foreign exchange and other. For the year ended December 31, 2010, no single category of correspondent represented more than 17% of total net revenues. In addition, no single correspondent represented more than 6.8% of net revenue, with our top ten correspondents constituting 26.1% of our net revenues. As previously announced, we will be losing a significant amount of the revenues generated from our largest correspondent during 2011; however, we believe we will be able to replace a substantial portion of that revenue from new correspondents we have signed. Additionally, we have diversified our client base internationally through our operations in Canada, the U.K., Australia and Asia, and by asset class through expanding our operations into the futures business and foreign exchange businesses, among others.
 
Scalable, recurring revenue model.
 
Our business benefits from a highly scalable platform that is capable of processing significant additional volume with limited incremental increases in our expenses. We receive a recurring stream of revenues based on the trading volumes of each of our correspondents with a low marginal cost to process transactions. We typically maintain two- to three-year exclusive contracts with our correspondents. Furthermore, there are typically high switching costs as the transition from one provider of clearing services to another is disruptive to a correspondent’s business. In addition, a significant portion of our technology revenues are based on ASP arrangements with clients, linked to transactions and users. Thus, we become even more indispensable to our clients by not only licensing them our software but by also providing them with hardware to run our products along with related support services.
 
Proven and highly motivated management team.
 
With an average of 31 years of industry experience and holding a substantial equity interest in Penson, our Executive Committee has the proven ability to manage our business through all stages of the business cycle. Roger J. Engemoen, Jr., and Philip A. Pendergraft, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, respectively, founded our business in 1995 and have built it to its current position. Daniel P. Son, co-founder of our company, resigned his position as President of the Company effective September 1, 2010, but continues to serve the Company as a non-executive vice chairman of the Board, and is expected to provide consulting services in 2011 pursuant to a contract entered into between PWI and Holland Consulting, LLC, a company controlled by Mr. Son.
 
Business strategies
 
Leverage existing platform to expand our product offerings and client base.
 
We believe our infrastructure provides a leading fully-integrated securities clearing and technology product package to our core market, and additional products can be offered and new clients can be added with minimal marginal cost. Using this infrastructure, we intend to expand our client base by:
 
  •  Focusing on high-volume direct access and online broker-dealers and the futures trading industry.  We will continue to market our clearing services to the growing futures trading, direct access and online broker-dealer markets and on margin lending as a core complementary service.
 
  •  Further expanding our client base in the institutional and retail brokerage markets.  We are expanding our focus on the traditional institutional and retail brokerage industry. Many institutional and retail brokers in the


9


Table of Contents

  U.S. have outsourced their clearing functions, and we believe this trend is continuing internationally, which creates opportunities for us globally. We are also targeting these firms for our technology products and services, which we believe will increase as we finalize the transition to Broadridge’s systems. See “Business — Strategic Acquisitions” for a description of the Ridge acquisition.
 
  •  Expanding our client base in the quantitative trading sector.  Our technology products enable us to increasingly market our services to the rapidly growing quantitative trading sector. This sector is among the most significant drivers of growth in the overall securities markets and we intend to increase our focus on this market sector.
 
  •  Expanding our futures business.  Our purchase of GHCO in February, 2007 was a significant step in expanding our futures clearing operations and our purchase of FCG in November, 2007 gives us the ability to expand our futures offering to clients that need risk management and other services.
 
  •  Expand offering of portfolio margining.  Portfolio margining allows us to extend margin lending to cover a higher percentage of the purchase price of securities than the percentage required under Regulation T based on a risk calculation model approved by the SEC. We approve our correspondents internally for portfolio margining based on several factors including account size, net capital, regulatory background and margin experience. At December 31, 2010, we had 881 portfolio margining accounts with a weighted average balance of approximately $123.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.
 
  •  Expand offering of foreign exchange products.  In 2009, we launched our foreign exchange product, which provides our customers a focused traditional and technology-based center of competency in both deliverable and non-deliverable foreign exchange. Our foreign exchange product is traditionally used by correspondents to facilitate international transactions in equities and bonds. These services can be accessed through direct contact with our foreign exchange department or through our electronic trading platform.
 
Expanding our operations internationally.
 
We believe our ability to service clients internationally will become more important as investors increasingly trade on a global basis. In addition, we intend to expand our margin lending business internationally. Our presence in the non-U.S. markets gives us several opportunities to pursue additional revenues across our product and service offerings. It allows us to better serve our correspondents who are U.S.-based by helping facilitate their growth and providing them with greater access to international markets. It also gives us greater access to the potential customer base in those local markets. We opened our first Asian office in Hong Kong in the first quarter of 2007 and an office in Tokyo in 2008. We expanded our offering of technology products in Asian markets in 2009 and 2010 and intend to continue expansion into the Asian markets in 2011. We launched PFSA in the second quarter of 2009, and began clearing operations there in December 2009. We expect significant growth opportunities in the Australian markets in 2011.
 
Enhance revenue potential of each client relationship.
 
Our growth model includes selling additional products to our existing clients. Many of our correspondents currently only utilize our securities clearing services, but we maintain a broad product suite across geographies that provides us with a significant opportunity to cross-sell our execution, futures, foreign exchange and technology services to our current base of correspondents.
 
Capitalize on industry trends.
 
We are positioned to benefit from several broad industry trends, including internationalization of trading activity, consolidation among service providers, and increased demand for trading infrastructure that supports multiple products on the same computer terminal, including equities, options, futures and foreign exchange as well as increased outsourcing of securities-processing.


10


Table of Contents

Pursue accretive acquisitions.
 
Through our past acquisitions, we have grown internationally, expanded our product base and added correspondents. As of December 31, 2010, we had successfully integrated our acquisition of the clearing contracts of Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc. (“Ridge”), our most significant acquisition to date. While we will continue to invest in developing and enhancing our existing business solutions, we also may pursue accretive acquisitions that will expand our technology product offerings, our clearing service capability and our client base.
 
Securities processing
 
Our securities and futures processing infrastructure products and services are principally marketed under the “Penson” brand name. Penson Worldwide, Inc. is the ultimate parent company for the businesses that provide these products and services in each geographic market we serve.
 
Clearing and related operations
 
United States
 
We generally provide securities clearing services to our correspondents in the U.S. on a fully-disclosed basis. In a fully-disclosed clearing transaction, the identity of the correspondent’s customer is known to us, and we are known to them, and we maintain the customer’s account and perform a variety of services as agent for the correspondent.
 
Our U.S. securities clearing broker is PFSI, which is registered with the SEC and is a member of the following: New York Stock Exchange, NYSE Alternext, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Chicago Stock Exchange, International Securities Exchange, NASDAQ, NYSE ARCA Equities Exchange, NYSE ARCA Options Exchange, Philadelphia Stock Exchange, OneChicago, DTC, Euroclear, ICMA, MSRB, FINRA, NSCC, Options Clearing Corp., and Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) and is a participant in the Boston Options Exchange (“BOX”).
 
With respect to futures transactions, Penson Futures provides our clearing and execution services for futures and FCG, which now operates as a division of Penson Futures, provides risk management and consultation services for some of our futures clients. Penson Futures is regulated by the CFTC, the NFA and the FSA and is a member of the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the Kansas City Board of Trade, London International Financial Futures Exchange, the Minneapolis Grain Exchange, the Clearing Corporation, and the London Clearinghouse.
 
Canada
 
PFSC provides clearing services in accordance with the rules and regulations of Canada’s provincial and territorial securities regulators and IIROC. Canada has four types of approved clearing models and our Canadian operation is approved to act as a carrying broker for all of these. We concentrate primarily on providing services to Type 2 and Type 3 correspondent brokers. As a Type 2 or 3 carrying broker, our key responsibilities may include the trading of securities for customers’ accounts and for the correspondent’s principal business, making deliveries and settlements of cash and securities in connection with such trades, holding securities and/or cash of customers and of the correspondent and preparing and delivering directly to customers documents as required by applicable law and regulatory requirements with respect to the trades cleared by us, including confirmation of trades, monthly statements summarizing transactions for the preceding month and, for inactive accounts, quarterly statements of securities and money balances held by us for customers.
 
PFSC is our Canadian clearing broker and provides fully-disclosed and omnibus clearing services to the Canadian markets. In an omnibus relationship, the identity of the end customer is not always known to us. PFSC is a member participating organization or subscriber of the Toronto Stock Exchange, the Montreal Exchange, the TSX Venture Exchange and various other Canadian marketplaces including alternative trading systems. PFSC is a member of the Canadian Investor Protection Fund and is regulated by the IIROC and the securities regulatory authorities of each province and territory in Canada.


11


Table of Contents

United Kingdom
 
In the U.K. we offer a broad range of securities clearing services through PFSL, our U.K. clearing broker, including: Model A and Model B clearing and settlement, Euroclear, global custody, customized data processing, regulatory reporting, execution, and portfolio management and modeling systems. In Model A clearing, we provide a purely administrative back-office service and act as agent for our correspondents’ customers, and supply these customers with the information needed to settle their transactions. Model B clearing provides the authority to process transactions under a fully-disclosed clearing model similar to the U.S. Under Model B clearing, we assume the positions and therefore full liability for the clearing and settlement of the trades. All of our correspondents in the U.K. are categorized as Professional Clients under FSA Rules. PFSL is a member of the London Stock Exchange and is authorized and regulated by the FSA.
 
Asia
 
We opened Penson Asia, our first Asian office, in Hong Kong in the first quarter of 2007 and an office in Tokyo in 2008. We entered into a number of technology services agreements with correspondents primarily related to North American and U.K. securities through our Penson Asia office in 2010, and expect to further expand our Asian business in 2011.
 
Australia
 
We launched PFSA, our clearing broker in Australia in the second quarter of 2009, and began clearing operations there in December, 2009. PFSA provides clearing and settlement services to, among others, broker dealers, Australian Securities Exchange members and Australian Financial Service License holders. Clearing arrangements are made on a fully disclosed basis, are generally three to five years in term and are typically exclusive. PFSA holds an Australian Financial Services License and is a market participant of the ASX and a clearing participant of the Australian Clearing House.
 
Internet account portfolio information services
 
We have created customized software solutions to enable our correspondents and their customers to review their account portfolio information through the Internet. Through the use of our internally developed technology, combined with technology licensed from third parties, we are able to update the account portfolios of our correspondents’ customers as securities transactions are executed and cleared. A customer is able to access detailed and personalized information about his account, including current buying power, trading history and account balances. Further, our solution allows a customer to download brokerage account information into Quicken, a personal financial management software program, and other financial and spreadsheet applications so that all financial data can be integrated.
 
Holding and safeguarding securities and cash deposits
 
We hold and safeguard securities and cash deposits of our correspondents’ customers, which require us to take legal responsibility for those assets. Many of our correspondents do not have the ability to hold securities and cash deposits due to regulatory requirements that require that the holder must comply with the net capital rules of the SEC and other regulators with respect to these activities.
 
Securities borrowing and lending
 
We lend securities that we hold for our correspondents and their customers to other broker-dealers as a means of financing our business and facilitating transactions. We also engage in conduit activities where we borrow securities from one broker-dealer and lend the same securities to another broker-dealer. This lending is permitted under and governed by SEC rules. See “Government regulation” and “Regulation of securities lending and borrowing.” All of our securities borrowing and lending activities are performed under a standard form of securities lending agreement, which governs each party’s rights to mark securities to market.


12


Table of Contents

Proprietary trading
 
Certain of our subsidiaries engage in limited forms of proprietary trading. This trading includes computerized trading and non-automated trading strategies involving short-term proprietary positions in exchange traded equities and options, derivatives, foreign currencies, fixed income and other securities, In general, these strategies involve relatively short-term market exposure and are typically undertaken in conjunction with hedging strategies and the use of derivative contracts designed to mitigate the risk associated with these proprietary positions. These activities in the aggregate are insignificant to revenues and pretax income (loss).
 
Futures products
 
In addition to the futures clearing services provided by Penson Futures, the FCG division of Penson Futures provides retail, risk management and consultation services for certain of our futures clients.
 
Technology and data products
 
An important component of our business strategy is to identify and to deploy technologies relevant to our target markets. The technology embedded in our securities and futures processing infrastructure has enhanced our capacity to handle an increasing volume of transactions without a corresponding increase in personnel. We use our proprietary technology and technology licensed from third parties to provide customized, detailed account information to our clients. To increase our processing capacity, we moved our U.S. securities clearing operations to a dedicated processing platform provided by SunGard in the first quarter of 2009. We intend to move our Canadian and U.S. operations to Broadridge’s systems during 2011 and our UK operations during 2012. Our technology is critical to our vision of providing a flexible and comprehensive offering of products and services to our clients.
 
Our technology and data product offerings include customizable front-end trading platforms, a comprehensive database of historic U.S. and international equities, options and futures trade data, and order-management services. Our approach to the development and acquisition of technology has allowed us to create an evolving suite of products that provides specific solutions to meet our clients’ individual requirements. We also provide risk management and consultation services to our futures customers through the FCG division of our Penson Futures subsidiary.
 
Nexa provides our clients with innovative trading management technology with a global perspective. Nexa specializes in direct access trading technology and provides complete online brokerage solutions, including direct access trading applications, browser-based trading interfaces, back-office order management systems, market data feeds, historical data, and execution technology services, generally on a license-fee basis. Nexa’s FastPath product provides a full suite of Financial Information Exchange (“FIX”) gateway solutions for clients who require global connectivity, high throughput and reliability. FIX execution solutions allow clients to automatically transmit, receive or cancel advanced-order types, execution reports, order status, positions, liquidity flags and account balances. Clients can connect using their own front-end or back-office applications or utilize applications available from Nexa. We generally provide our solutions to our clients on a private-labeled basis to emphasize the client’s branding.
 
Nexa’s products, such as Omni Pro, Axis Pro, and Meridian, are designed to accommodate various market segments by providing different trading platforms and functionality to users. Most of our front-end products benefit from several important features such as the ability to trade equities, options and futures and to have unified risk management for trading across multiple asset classes.
 
Although there is a significant market for front-end trading platforms that is independent of the market for clearing services, we have found that our ability to integrate our technology-related products with our clearing services provides clients with another compelling reason to use Penson for their clearing needs. We believe this broader, integrated offering is a significant factor in our conversion of client prospects into actual clients.
 
Our technology revenues generally include revenues from software development, customization of products and features and licensing fees, but our technology products are designed to generate subscription-based revenue


13


Table of Contents

over time. Our technology revenues decreased over the last year from $23.8 million in 2009 to $20.4 million in 2010.
 
Institutional and active retail front-end trading software
 
Nexa has developed and is continuing to expand various front-end trading software products. We offer several products that are oriented towards different market segments. Omni Pro is a Level II trading platform oriented to professional traders and provides broker-dealer administrative modules. Level II software enables the trader, among other things, to view prices for the same security across various markets and to select the desired market for order execution. Axis Pro is a multi-currency Level II trading platform focused on active retail traders. Meridian is a Level I trading platform for less intensive applications for the active retail trader. Both Axis Pro and Meridian are offered with broker-dealer administrative modules that allow broker-dealers to monitor customer buying power and other regulatory compliance tasks, and to provide a repository for customer information.
 
All of our front-end products benefit from a number of compelling features such as the ability to trade equities, options and futures and have unified risk management for trading across these products. Many of our clearing competitors do not have similar systems that effect trades in all such instruments with similar risk mitigation capabilities. There is a dynamic market for front-end trading platforms that is independent of the market for our clearing services. However, we have found that our ability to offer these products provides our clients with another compelling reason to use our clearing and other products and services and is at times important in our conversion of client prospects into actual clients.
 
Global execution infrastructure
 
Nexa has built significant proprietary software and licensed certain software and telecommunications services to enable our clients to use our technology infrastructure to send orders for securities to all major North American exchanges, ECNs and market destinations. Our clients can choose to use our execution infrastructure, independent of our other services, or to opt for a bundled solution combining technology products together with clearing and settlement. This allows us to access a differentiated market segment for clients that clear with another firm or are self-clearing, but which do not have a similar infrastructure capability. In particular, because our network has been designed to maximize speed of execution, our offerings are very attractive to algorithmic traders for whom speed is essential to successful implementation of their trading strategies. Our infrastructure required significant time and investment to build and very few of our clearing competitors offer anything that is directly comparable.
 
Global data products
 
We believe it is critical to provide our clients with global trade data solutions. Nexa provides research-quality, historical intraday time series data plus real-time data feeds for the commodity and equity markets. Our suite of data products was significantly enhanced by our acquisition of the Tick Data assets in January 2005. Its database of historical intraday equities, options and futures data from exchanges in North America, Europe and Asia is presented tick-by-tick and is delivered in a compressed, proprietary format. The database of historical cash index data contains the most widely followed equity indices. Nexa also offers TickStream, a fully customized, low latency, real-time market data feed. Data is delivered through a simple-to-use application program interface (“API”) and powered by advanced ticker plants that have multiple direct connections to global exchanges. While these products do not currently generate material revenues, we provide data to over 3,000 clients, which we believe provides significant opportunities for cross-selling our other products and services.
 
Nexa has also built its own data ticker plant to access data from most U.S. and many foreign exchanges and market centers. We have also licensed certain foreign data from other sources. The result is a very comprehensive offering of real-time, delayed and historical data that we can market to our clients. As with the international execution hub, our clients can use our data solutions together with, or independent of, our other products and services. This enables us to compete with major securities data providers to offer comprehensive data solutions. Furthermore, historical data offerings are not offered by most data services providers or clearing firm competitors and enable us to serve new client segments such as algorithmic traders and hedge funds to which we have had relatively less historical exposure through our clearing operations.


14


Table of Contents

Key licensed technology and proprietary customization
 
We license a software program called Phase3 from SunGard. Phase3 is an online, real-time data processing system for securities transactions. Phase3 performs the core settlement functions with industry clearing and depository organizations. To increase our processing capacity, we moved our U.S. securities clearing operations to a dedicated processing platform provided by SunGard in the first quarter of 2009. We have built a significant amount of proprietary software around Phase3 which allows us to customize Phase3 to meet each of our client’s unique needs. This customization increases the reliability and efficiency of our data processing model and permits us to process trades more quickly than if we relied on Phase3 alone. This customization also offers our clients more flexible access to information regarding their accounts, including the ability to:
 
  •  see critical information in real-time on a continuously updated basis;
 
  •  manage their buying power across different accounts containing diverse instruments such as equities, options and futures, and;
 
  •  receive highly customized reports relating to their activity.
 
The above-noted products are principally used by our U.S. securities clearing subsidiary but, in many cases, enable our non-U.S. customers, both through our non-U.S. affiliates and directly, to access leading-edge products and services when trading in the U.S. markets. We offer third party software that we have licensed that we believe offers an increased variety of settlement and clearing applications, to certain of our Canadian correspondents who trade futures products. We currently process the trading activity of the correspondents we acquired from Ridge principally using Broadridge’s systems, and we intend to transition the remainder of our U.S. operations to Broadridge’s systems during 2011. We completed the conversion of our Canadian operations to Broadridge’s systems in February, 2011. We anticipate this transition will expand our product offering to include, among other things, the outsourcing of certain of our correspondents’ operations. We intend to transition our U.K. operations to Broadridge’s systems in 2012. See “Business — Strategic Acquisitions” for a description of the proposed Broadridge transaction.
 
Sales and marketing
 
We focus our sales and marketing efforts in the U.S. primarily on the direct access and online sectors, but also focus on the algorithmic trading and hedge fund sectors of the global securities and investment industry. We are aggressively marketing execution-only services to the global financial services market domestically and through our foreign subsidiaries. We have capitalized on this opportunity by implementing cross-border and multi-currency trade processing capabilities.
 
We participate in industry conferences and trade shows and seek to differentiate our company from our competitors based on our reputation as an independent provider of a technology-focused integrated execution, clearing and settlement solution and based on our ability to support trading in multiple markets, multiple investment products and multiple currencies.
 
We generally enter into standard clearing agreements with our securities correspondents for an initial term of two years, though many of our contracts are for much longer terms. During the contract period, we provide clearing services based on a schedule of fees determined by the nature of the financial instrument traded and the volume of the securities cleared. In some cases our standard contract will also include minimum monthly clearing charge requirements. Subsequent to the initial term, these contracts typically allow the correspondent to cancel our services upon providing us with 45 days written notice. Futures clearing contracts between us and our correspondents are generally terminable on 30 days notice. Futures clearing contracts directly between us and our customers are generally terminable at will.
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had 430 active correspondents worldwide, consisting of 371 active securities clearing correspondents and 59 active futures clearing correspondents. Of the 371 active securities clearing correspondents, 278 are located in the U.S., while our U.K., Canadian and Australian clearing operations provide services to 16, 29 and 48 correspondents, respectively. Before conducting business with a correspondent, we review a variety of factors relating to the prospective correspondent, including the correspondent’s experience in the


15


Table of Contents

securities industry, its financial condition and the personal backgrounds of the key principals of the firm. We seek to establish relationships with correspondents whose management teams and operations we believe will be successful in the long-term, so that we may benefit from increased clearing volume and margin lending activity as the businesses of our correspondents grow.
 
Strategic acquisitions
 
We have engaged in a number of acquisitions that have facilitated our ability to expand our client base and provide leading-edge technology infrastructure as well as to open international markets, positioning us to pursue a strategy of combining our increasingly global securities offerings with enhanced technology offerings on a multi-instrument, multi-currency, international platform. To date, none of our acquisitions have exceeded the defined significant subsidiary thresholds pursuant to Section 1-02(w) of SEC Regulation S-X.
 
On November 2, 2009, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement (“Ridge APA”) to acquire the clearing and execution business of Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc. (“Ridge”) from Ridge and Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”), Ridge’s parent company. The acquisition closed on June 25, 2010, and under the terms of the Ridge APA, as later amended, the Company paid $35.2 million. The acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred was $31.9 million, consisting of 2.5 million shares of PWI common stock with a fair value of $14.6 million (based on our closing share price of $5.95 on that date) and a $20.6 million five-year subordinated note (the “Ridge Seller Note”) with an estimated fair value of $17.3 million on that date (see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the Ridge Seller Note discount), payable by the Company bearing interest at an annual rate equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 5.5%.
 
The Company recorded a liability of $4.1 million attributable to the estimated fair value of contingent consideration to be paid 14 months and 19 months after closing (subject to extension in the event the dispute resolution procedures set forth in the Ridge APA are invoked). The amount of contingent consideration ultimately payable will be added to the Ridge Seller Note. The contingent consideration is primarily composed of two categories. The first category includes a group of correspondents that had not generated at least six months of revenue as of May 31, 2010 (“Stub Period Correspondents”). Twelve months after closing a calculation will be performed to adjust the estimated annualized revenues as of May 31, 2010 to the actual annualized revenues based on a six-month review period as defined in the Ridge APA (“Stub Period Revenues”). The Ridge Seller Note will be adjusted 14 months after closing based on .9 times the difference between the estimated and actual annualized revenues. As of December 31, 2010 all of the correspondents in this category had generated at least six months of revenues. The Company reduced its contingent consideration liability by $.3 million, which is included in other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. The second category includes a group of correspondents that had not yet begun generating revenues (“Non-revenue Correspondents”) as of May 31, 2010. A calculation will be performed 15 months after closing to determine the annualized revenues, based on a six-month review period, for each such non revenue correspondent (“Non-revenue Correspondent Revenues”). The Ridge Seller Note will be adjusted 19 months after closing by an amount equal to .9 times the Non-revenue Correspondent Revenues. The estimated undiscounted range of outcomes for this category is $4.0 million to $5.0 million. There is no limit to the consideration to be paid.
 
The Company recorded goodwill of $15.9 million, intangibles of $20.1 million and a discount on the Ridge Seller Note of $3.3 million. The qualitative factors that make up the recorded goodwill include value associated with an assembled workforce, value attributable to enhanced revenues related to various products and services offered by the Company and synergies associated with cost reductions from the elimination of certain fixed costs as well as economies of scale resulting from the additional correspondents. The goodwill is included in the United States segment. A portion of the recorded goodwill associated with the contingent consideration may not be deductible for tax purposes if future payments are less than the $4.1 million initially recorded. The tax goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes over a period of 15 years. The Company has incurred acquisition related costs of approximately $5.3 million with $3.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively recognized in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Net revenues of $26.4 million and net income of approximately $1.5 million from Ridge were included in the consolidated statement of operations as of the date of the acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company estimates that net revenues would have been $312.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively compared to $337.2 million and $345.8 million, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2009


16


Table of Contents

and 2008, and net income (loss) would have been $(19.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $17.3 million and $12.8 million, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 had the acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2008.
 
In November 2007, our subsidiary Penson Futures acquired all of the assets of FCG, an FCM and a leading provider of technology products and services to futures traders, and assigned the purchased membership interest to GHP1 effective immediately thereafter. We closed the transaction in November, 2007 and paid approximately $9.4 million in cash and approximately 150,000 shares of common stock valued at approximately $2.2 million to the previous owners of FCG. In addition, the Company agreed to pay an annual earnout in cash for the following three-year period based on average net income, subject to certain adjustments including cost of capital, for the acquired business. The Company paid approximately $8.7 million related to the first year of the earnout period. The Company did not make an earnout payment related to the second or third year of the earnout period. The Company finalized the acquisition valuation during the third quarter of 2008 and recorded goodwill of approximately $4.0 million and intangibles of approximately $7.6 million. FCG currently conducts business as a division of Penson Futures.
 
In November 2006, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the partnership interests of Chicago-based GHCO, a leading international futures clearing and execution firm. The Company closed the transaction on February 16, 2007 and paid approximately $27.9 million, including cash and approximately 139,000 shares of common stock valued at approximately $3.9 million to the previous owners of GHCO. Goodwill of approximately $2.8 million and intangibles of approximately $1.0 million were recorded in connection with the acquisition. In addition, the Company agreed to pay additional consideration in the form of an earnout over the next three years, in an amount equal to 25% of Penson Futures’ pre-tax earnings, as defined in the purchase agreement executed with the previous owners of GHCO. The Company did not make an earnout payment related to the first or second years of the integrated Penson Futures business. The Company paid approximately $1.1 million related to the third year of the earnout in July 2010.
 
In November 2006, the Company acquired the clearing business of Schonfeld Securities LLC (“Schonfeld”), a New York-based securities firm. The Company closed the transaction in November 2006 and in January 2007, the Company issued approximately 1.1 million shares of common stock valued at approximately $28.3 million to the previous owners of Schonfeld as partial consideration for the assets acquired of which approximately $14.8 million was recorded as goodwill and approximately $13.5 million as intangibles. In addition, the Company agreed to pay an annual earnout of stock and cash over a four-year period that commenced on June 1, 2007, based on net income, as defined in the asset purchase agreement (“Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement”), for the acquired business. On April 22, 2010, SAI and PFSI entered into a letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) with Schonfeld Group Holdings LLC (“SGH”), Schonfeld, and Opus Trading Fund LLC (“Opus”) that amends and clarifies certain terms of the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement. The Letter Agreement, among other things, for purpose of determining the total payment due to Schonfeld under the earnout provision of the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement: (i) removes the payment cap; (ii) clarifies that PFSI has no obligation to compress tickets across subaccounts (unless PFSI does so for other of its correspondents at a later date); and (iii) reduces the SunGard synergy credit from $2.9 million to $1.5 million in 2010 and $1.0 million in 2011. The Letter Agreement also assigns all of Schonfeld’s responsibilities under the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement to its parent company, SGH, and extends the initial term of Opus’s portfolio margining agreement with PFSI from April 30, 2017 to April 30, 2019.
 
A payment of approximately $26.6 million was paid in connection with the first year earnout that ended May 31, 2008 and approximately $25.5 million was paid in connection with the second year of the earnout that ended May 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, a liability of approximately $20.5 million was accrued as result of the third year of the earnout ended May 31, 2010 ($15.2 million) and the first seven months of the year four earnout, which we do not expect to pay prior to the second half of 2011 ($5.3 million). This balance is included in other liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The offset of this liability, goodwill, is included in other assets. In January, 2011, the Company and SGH entered into a letter agreement setting the amount due for the third year earnout at $6.0 million due to the provisions in various agreements related to the Schonfeld transaction, including the termination/compensation agreement, which reduced the amount that we are required to pay under the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement. This will result in a reduction in goodwill and other liabilities of $9.2 million in the first quarter of 2011. The letter agreement also stipulated that the third year earnout will be paid evenly over a 12 month period commencing on September 1, 2011.


17


Table of Contents

Competition
 
The market for securities clearing and margin lending services is highly competitive. We expect competition to continue and intensify in the future. We encounter direct competition from firms that offer services to direct access and online brokers. Some of these competitors include Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P.; Pershing LLC, a member of BNY Securities Group; National Financial Services LLC, a Fidelity Investments company; Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., a subsidiary of Bank of America; MF Global Ltd. (formerly Man Financial) and RJ O’Brien & Associates LLC. We also encounter competition from other clearing firms that provide clearing and execution services to the securities industry. Most of our competitors are affiliated with large financial institutions.
 
We believe that the principal competitive factors affecting the market for our clearing and margin lending services are breadth of services, technology, financial strength, client service and price. Based on management’s experience, we believe that we presently compete effectively with respect to most of these factors.
 
Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have. Some of our competitors offer a wider range of services and products than we offer and have greater name recognition and more extensive client bases. These competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or evolving opportunities, technologies and client requirements than we can and may be able to undertake more extensive promotional activities and offer more attractive terms to clients. Recent advancements in computing and communications technology are substantially changing the means by which securities transactions are effected and processed, including more access online to a wide variety of services and information, and have created a demand for more sophisticated levels of client service. The provision of these services may entail considerable cost without an offsetting increase in revenues. Moreover, current and potential competitors have established or may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties or may consolidate to enhance their services and products. New competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and they may acquire significant market share. Additionally, large firms that currently perform their own clearing functions may decide to start marketing their clearing services to other firms.
 
In addition to companies that provide clearing services to our target markets, we are subject to the risk that one or more of our correspondents may elect to perform their clearing functions themselves. The option to convert to self-clearing operations may be attractive due to the fact that as the transaction volume of the correspondent increases, the cost of implementing the necessary infrastructure for self-clearing may eventually be offset by the elimination of per-transaction processing fees that would otherwise be paid to a clearing firm. Additionally, performing their own clearing services allows self-clearing firms to retain customer free credit balances and securities for use in margin lending activities. In order to make a clearing arrangement with us more attractive to these high-volume broker-dealers, we may offer such firms transaction volume discounts or other incentives.
 
We are also subject to the risk that one or more of our correspondents may be acquired by a firm which is already self clearing, or clears through another broker-dealer. Our largest correspondent, thinkorswim, was acquired by TD Ameritrade in 2009. We anticipate that approximately two-thirds of the business we currently clear for thinkorswim will be converted to TD Ameritrade in 2011.
 
Intellectual property and other proprietary rights
 
Despite the precautions we take to protect our intellectual property rights, it is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe upon our proprietary rights. It is also possible that third parties may independently develop technologies similar to ours. It may be difficult for us to police unauthorized use of our intellectual property. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity.
 
We have incurred litigation expenses related to the protection of our intellectual property in the past, and are continuing to do so with respect to the Realtime Data proceedings (See Legal Proceedings for a description of these proceedings). Intellectual property claims, with or without merit, are time consuming to defend, often result in costly litigation, can divert management’s attention and resources and may require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements.


18


Table of Contents

Government regulation
 
The securities and financial services industries generally are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and elsewhere. As a matter of public policy, regulatory bodies in the U.S. and the rest of the world are charged with, among other things, safeguarding the integrity of the securities and other financial markets and with protecting the interests of customers participating in those markets, not with protecting the interests of creditors or the shareholders of regulated entities (such as Penson).
 
In the U.S., the securities and futures industry is subject to regulation under both federal and state laws. At the federal level, the SEC regulates the securities industry, while the CFTC regulates the futures industry. These federal agencies along with NYSE, FINRA, NFA, the various stock and futures exchanges and other self regulatory organizations (“SROs”) require strict compliance with their rules and regulations. Companies that operate in these industries are subject to regulation concerning many aspects of their business, including trade practices, capital structure, record retention, money-laundering prevention, and the supervision of the conduct of directors, officers and employees. Failure to comply with any of these laws, rules or regulations could result in censure, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, the suspension or termination of the operations of the Company or the suspension or disqualification of our directors, officers or employees. In the ordinary course of our operations, we and some of our officers and other employees have been subject to claims arising from the violation of such laws, rules and regulations.
 
As a registered broker-dealer, PFSI is required by law to belong to the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”). In the event of a member’s insolvency, the SIPC Fund provides protection for customer accounts up to $500,000 per customer, with a limitation of $100,000 on claims for cash balances.
 
In addition, we have subsidiaries in the U.K., Australia and Canada that are involved in the securities and financial services industries and may expand our business into other countries in the future. To expand our services internationally, we will have to comply with the regulatory controls of each country in which we conduct business.
 
The securities and financial services industry in many foreign countries is heavily regulated. The varying compliance requirements of these different regulatory jurisdictions and other factors may limit our ability to expand internationally. Due to its focus on technology products, which are generally not subject to the regulatory regimes applicable to securities trading, Penson Asia is not subject to many of the same restrictions that apply to our U.K., Australia and Canada subsidiaries.
 
The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to change. Additional regulation, changes in existing laws and rules, or changes in interpretations or enforcement of existing laws and rules often directly affect the method of operation and profitability of securities firms.
 
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
 
Recent market and economic conditions have led to the enactment of new legislation and other proposals for changes in the regulation of the financial services industry. On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the “Dodd-Frank Act,” into law. While certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be effective immediately, many other provisions will be effective only following extended transition periods of varying lengths. Therefore, it is impractical at present to forecast the comprehensive effects of the legislation. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandates the preparation of studies on a wide range of issues, which could lead to additional legislation or regulatory changes. This legislation makes extensive changes to the laws regulating financial services firms and requires significant rule-making. The legislation and regulation of financial institutions, both domestically and internationally, include calls to increase capital and liquidity requirements; limit the size and types of the activities permitted; and increase taxes on some institutions.
 
Regulation of clearing activities
 
We provide clearing services in the U.S., Canada, Australia and Europe through our subsidiaries. Broker-dealers and FCMs that clear their own trades are subject to substantially more regulatory requirements than brokers that rely on others to perform those functions. Errors in performing clearing functions, including clerical, technological and other errors related to the handling of funds and securities held by us on behalf of customers


19


Table of Contents

and broker-dealers, could lead to censures, fines or other sanctions imposed by applicable regulatory authorities as well as losses and liability in related lawsuits and proceedings brought by our clients, the customers of our clients and others. Due to our provision of futures clearing services in addition to securities clearing services, we are also subject to additional regulatory requirements, including those of the CFTC, NFA and futures exchange regulations in various jurisdictions. As a result, we must comply with an increased amount of regulatory requirements and face additional liabilities if we are not able to comply with the regulatory environment. We also provide sponsored access to certain entities, which allows those entities to submit trades to certain exchanges through our market participant identification (MPID). Through the provision of sponsored access, we have been able to substantially increase our volumes on certain exchanges. The increased volume often allows us to achieve certain pricing discounts, which we generally share with our sponsored participants. We are responsible for any trades submitted by those entities that use our MPID. Recently, the SEC and certain domestic and foreign SROs have increased scrutiny of sponsored access programs. To the extent any additional regulations are enacted with respect to sponsored access in any jurisdiction where we provide sponsored access, we will be required to follow such regulations which may result in our limiting or eliminating the use of this service. Even if we are able to continue to offer this service, we may have to incur substantial costs related to implementation of risk controls with low latency to comply with new regulations.
 
Regulation of securities lending and borrowing
 
We engage in securities lending and borrowing services with other broker-dealers by lending the securities that we hold for our correspondents and their customers to other broker-dealers, by borrowing securities from other broker-dealers to facilitate our customer transaction activity, or by borrowing securities from one broker-dealer and lending the same securities to another broker-dealer. Within the U.S., these types of securities lending and borrowing arrangements are governed by the SEC and the rules of the Federal Reserve. The following is what we believe to be a descriptive summary of some important SEC and Federal Reserve rules that govern these types of activities, but it is not intended to be an exhaustive list of the regulations that govern these types of activities.
 
Our securities lending and borrowing activities are primarily, although not exclusively, transacted through our U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary, which is subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and customer protection rule. The net capital rule, which specifies minimum net capital requirements for registered broker-dealers, is designed to ensure that broker-dealers will have adequate resources, including a percentage of liquid assets, to fund expenses of a self or court supervised liquidation. See “Business — Government regulation” and “Regulatory capital requirements.” While the net capital rule is designed to ensure that the broker-dealer has adequate resources to pay liquidation expenses, the objective of the SEC’s customer protection rule is to ensure that investment property of the firm’s customers will be available to be distributed to customers in liquidation. The customer protection rule operates to protect both customer funds and customer securities. To protect customer securities, the customer protection rule requires that broker-dealers promptly obtain possession or control of customers’ fully-paid securities free of any lien. However, broker-dealers may lend or borrow customers’ securities purchased on margin or customers’ fully paid securities, if the broker-dealer provides collateral exceeding the market value of the securities it borrowed and makes certain other disclosures to the customer. With respect to customer funds, the customer protection rule requires broker-dealers to make deposits into an account held only for the benefit of customers (“reserve account”) based on its computation of the reserve formula. The reserve formula requires that broker-dealers compare the amount of funds it has received from customers or through the use of their securities (“credits”) to the amount of funds the firm has used to finance customer activities (“debits”). In this manner, the customer protection rule ensures that the broker-dealer’s securities lending and borrowing activities do not impact the amount of funds available to customers in the event of liquidation.
 
SEC Rules 8c-1 and 15c2-1 under the Exchange Act (the “hypothecation rules”) set forth requirements relating to the borrowing or lending of customers securities. The hypothecation rules prohibit us from borrowing or lending customers securities in situations where (1) the securities of one customer will be held together with securities of another customer, without first obtaining the written consent of each customer; (2) the securities of a customer will be held together with securities owned by a person or entity that is not a customer; or (3) the securities of a customer will be subject to a lien for an amount in excess of the aggregate indebtedness of all customers’ securities.


20


Table of Contents

Regulation T was issued by the Federal Reserve pursuant to the Exchange Act in part to regulate the borrowing and lending of securities by broker-dealers, as well as to regulate the extension of credit by broker-dealers. With respect to securities borrowing and lending, Regulation T requires that a borrowing or lending of securities by a broker-dealer be for a “proper purpose,” i.e. for the purpose of making delivery of the securities in the case of short sales, failure to receive securities required to be delivered, or other similar situations. If a broker-dealer reasonably anticipates a short sale or fail transaction, a borrowing may be made by the broker-dealer up to one settlement cycle in advance of trade date.
 
Regulation T also regulates payment requirements for transactions in customer cash accounts and the level of credit extended in customer margin accounts. A broker-dealer may extend credit to a customer in a margin account only against collateral consisting of cash or margin-eligible securities, as defined in the Exchange Act or “margin securities,” as defined in Regulation T. Under Regulation T, the current required initial margin for a long position in a margin equity security is 50 percent of the current market value of the security. The required margin for a short position is 150 percent of the current market value of the security. Maintenance margin requirements are set in accordance with the rules of the SROs. However, we may require the deposit of a higher percentage of the value of equity securities purchased on margin. Securities borrowed transactions are extensions of credit in that the securities lender generally receives cash collateral that exceeds the market value of the securities that were lent. In the National Securities Markets Improvements Act of 1996, the U.S. Congress amended section 7(c) of the Exchange Act to exempt certain broker-dealers from the Federal Reserve’s credit regulations. Recently, the SEC and other SROs have approved new rules permitting portfolio margining that have the effect of permitting increased margin on securities and other assets held in portfolio margin accounts relative to non-portfolio accounts. We began offering portfolio margining to our clients in the second quarter of 2007 and had 881 portfolio margin accounts as of December 31, 2010.
 
With respect to such securities borrowing and lending, Regulation SHO issued under the Exchange Act generally prohibits, among other things, a broker-dealer from accepting a short sale order unless either the broker-dealer has already borrowed the security, has entered into a bona-fide arrangement to borrow the security or has “reasonable grounds” to believe that the security can be borrowed so that it can be delivered on the date delivery is due and has documented compliance with this requirement. Rule 204 under the Exchange Act requires broker-dealers and clients to make delivery on short sales effected in the U.S. no later than T+3. Under Rule 204, a clearing broker-dealer that does not purchase or borrow securities to cover any fail position as of the opening of trading on T+4 is subject to a borrowing penalty for each security that the clearing-broker fails to deliver (subject to the allocation provision noted below). The borrowing penalty will apply until the clearing broker-dealer purchases a sufficient amount of the security to make full delivery on the fail position and that purchase clears and settles. If a clearing broker-dealer becomes subject to the borrowing penalty, the penalty will prohibit the clearing broker-dealer from effecting short sales for its own account or for that of any correspondent broker-dealer or customer unless the clearing broker-dealer has borrowed the securities in question or has entered into a bona-fide arrangement to borrow the securities. Clearing broker-dealers are permitted to reasonably allocate the close-out requirement to a correspondent broker-dealer that is responsible for the fail position. Accordingly, if we have a fail position that we are unable to timely cover, or where the fail position was the responsibility of one of our correspondent broker-dealers and we cannot allocate the close-out responsibility to it, we would be subject to the borrowing penalty. We could remain subject to the borrowing penalty until such time as we have purchased a sufficient amount of the security to make full delivery on the fail position and that purchase has cleared and settled, which generally is three business days after the purchase. Due to the requirements of Rule 204, our costs associated with securities borrowings to facilitate customer short selling may continue to increase and the scope of our securities lending business may significantly decrease, which may adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
Failure to maintain the required net capital, accurately compute the reserve formula or comply with Regulation T, portfolio margining rules or Regulation SHO may subject us to suspension or revocation of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by NYSE, FINRA and other regulatory bodies and, if not cured, could ultimately require our U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary’s liquidation. A change in the net capital rule, the customer protection rule, Regulation T or the portfolio margining rules or the imposition of new rules could adversely impact our ability to engage in securities lending and borrowing.


21


Table of Contents

Regulation of internet activities
 
Our business, both directly and indirectly, relies extensively on the Internet and other electronic communications gateways. To date, the use of the Internet has been relatively free from regulatory restraints. However, the governmental agencies within the U.S. and elsewhere are beginning to address regulatory issues that may arise in connection with the use of the Internet. Accordingly, new regulations or interpretations may be adopted that change our own and our correspondents’ abilities to transact business through the Internet or other electronic communications gateways.
 
Regulatory capital requirements
 
As a registered broker-dealer and member of NYSE and FINRA, PFSI is subject to the SEC’s net capital rule. The net capital rule, which specifies minimum net capital requirements for registered broker-dealers, is designed to measure the general financial integrity and liquidity of a broker-dealer and requires that at least a minimum part of its assets be kept in relatively liquid form. Among deductions from net capital are adjustments that are commonly called “haircuts,” which reflect the possibility of a decline in the market value of firm inventory prior to disposition.
 
Failure to maintain the required net capital would require us to cease securities activities during any period where we did not meet minimum levels of net capital and may subject us to suspension or revocation of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by NYSE, FINRA and other regulatory bodies and, if not cured, could ultimately require liquidation of our U.S. clearing operations. The net capital rule prohibits payments of dividends, redemption of stock, the prepayment of subordinated indebtedness and the making of any unsecured advance or loan to a stockholder, employee or affiliate, if such payment would reduce our net capital below required levels. Finally, NYSE and FINRA rules prevent a broker-dealer from expanding its business or permit NYSE or FINRA to require reductions in the broker-dealer’s business for broker-dealers experiencing financial or operational difficulties.
 
The net capital rule also requires notice to regulators with respect to certain capital withdrawals and provides that the SEC may restrict any capital withdrawal, including the withdrawal of equity capital, or unsecured loans or advances to stockholders, employees or affiliates, if such capital withdrawal, together with all other net capital withdrawals during a 30-day period, exceeds 30% of excess net capital and the SEC concludes that the capital withdrawal may be detrimental to the financial integrity of the broker-dealer. In addition, the net capital rule provides that the total outstanding principal amount of a broker-dealer’s indebtedness under specified subordination agreements, the proceeds of which are included in its net capital, may not exceed 70% of the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all subordinated indebtedness included in net capital, par or stated value of capital stock, paid in capital in excess of par, retained earnings and other capital accounts for a period in excess of 90 days.
 
A change in the net capital rule, the imposition of new rules or any unusually large charges against net capital could limit some of our operations that require the intensive use of capital and also could restrict our ability to withdraw capital from PFSI, which in turn could limit our ability to pay dividends, repay or repurchase debt, including the 8.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014, the 12.50% Senior Second Lien Notes due 2017, the Amended and Restated Credit Facility and the Ridge Seller Note, or repurchase shares of outstanding stock. A significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against net capital could adversely affect our ability to expand or even maintain our present levels of business.
 
Our U.K. subsidiary is subject to FSA rules that require it to maintain adequate financial resources (including both capital resources and liquidity resources) in order to meet its liabilities as they fall due. The current capital resources requirement for the subsidiary is approximately £3.8 million although the capital resources requirement will vary depending on the current expenditure, liabilities and risks incurred or assumed. Capital resources may be constituted by eligible share capital and eligible subordinated debt. The subsidiary must constantly monitor compliance with its financial resource requirements, regularly submit financial reports to the FSA (monthly) and report any breach of the financial resource requirements to the FSA. A breach of the financial resource requirements may result in disciplinary action against the subsidiary for which it may receive a financial penalty, or where the breach is serious, a suspension or cessation of the subsidiary’s business and a withdrawal of the subsidiary’s authorization to conduct investment business in whole or in part. The imposition of FSA disciplinary sanctions, the temporary suspension of business or the partial revocation of the subsidiary’s authorization to conduct investment


22


Table of Contents

business may severely damage the reputation of the subsidiary and result in diminution of earnings. The revocation of the subsidiary’s authorization to conduct investment business in the U.K. may result in a discontinuation of our U.K. operations and the loss of its revenues.
 
PFSC is a member of IIROC, an approved participant with the Montreal Exchange, a participating organization of the Toronto Stock Exchange and a member of the TSX Venture Exchange and various Canadian alternative trading systems. PFSC is subject to rules, including those of IIROC, relating to the maintenance of capital. IIROC regulates the maintenance of capital by dealer members by requiring that investment dealers periodically calculate their risk adjusted capital (“RAC”) in accordance with a prescribed formula which is intended to ensure that members will be in a position to meet their liabilities as they become due.
 
A dealer member’s RAC is calculated by starting with its net allowable assets, which are assets that are conservatively valued with emphasis on liquidity, and excluding assets that cannot be disposed of in a short time frame or whose current realizable value is not readily known, net of all liabilities, and deducting the applicable minimum capital and margin requirements, adding tax recoveries, if any, and subtracting the member’s securities concentration charge.
 
Furthermore, IIROC rules provide for an early warning system which is designed to provide advance warning of a dealer member encountering financial difficulties. Various parameters based on prescribed calculations involving the dealer member’s RAC are designed to identify dealer members with capital adequacy problems. If any of the parameters are violated, several sanctions or restrictions are imposed on the dealer member. These sanctions, which may include the early filing of a monthly financial report, a written explanation to IIROC from the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, a description of the resolution, or an on-site visit by an examiner, are designed to reduce further financial deterioration and prevent a subsequent capital deficiency.
 
Failure of a member to maintain the required risk adjusted capital as calculated in accordance with applicable IIROC requirements can result in further sanctions such as monetary penalties, suspension or other sanctions, including expulsion of the dealer member.
 
PFSA holds an Australian Financial Services License and is a market participant of the ASX and is an ASX Clear participant . As such, PFSA is subject to, amongst other things, the rules established by the ASX and ASX Clear governing the minimum risk based capital requirements for participants in the ASX and ASX Clear. The ASX Clear capital requirements establish minimum core liquid capital requirements and minimum requirements for a participant’s liquid capital as compared to a number of different risk based metrics which make up the participant’s total risk requirement. The risk requirements vary depending on the operations undertaken by the participant. A participant’s core liquid capital is based principally on a participant’s equity and retained profits, while the liquid capital adjusts core liquid capital to take account of reserves and in certain cases subordinated debt and preferred stock. Currently, participants, including PFSA, are required to maintain a core liquid capital of at least AUD$10 million. The core liquid capital requirement for third party clearing participants such as PFSA will increase to AUD$20 million on January 1, 2012. ASX Clear participants are also required to maintain a ratio of their liquid capital to total risk requirements of greater than 1.2 and a ratio of total option risk margin to liquid capital of less than 2.0. In the event that this ratio is 2.0 or more the participant is required to deposit funds to reduce the ratio and such funds may then not be withdrawn until the ratio is below 1.8. PFSA is currently in compliance with the minimum capital requirements established by ASX Clear which are applicable to it and regularly calculates its core liquid capital, liquid capital, total risk requirements and other applicable metrics to monitor ongoing compliance with the minimum capital requirements established by ASX Clear.
 
Our futures clearing business is subject to the capital and segregation rules of the CFTC, NFA, and futures exchanges in the U.S. and the FSA and futures exchanges in the U.K. If we fail to maintain the required capital or violate the customer segregation rules, we may be subject to monetary fines and the suspension or revocation of our license to clear futures contracts and carry customer accounts. Any interruption in our ability to continue this business would impact our revenues and profitability.
 
The regulatory capital requirements that affect our regulated subsidiaries are stringent and subject to significant and uncontrollable change. Our inability to comply with any of the current requirements or any future changes to these requirements could cause us to suffer significant financial loss.


23


Table of Contents

Margin risk management
 
Our margin lending activities expose our capital to significant risks. These risks include, but are not limited to, absolute and relative price movements, price volatility and changes in liquidity, over which we have virtually no control.
 
We attempt to minimize the risks inherent in our margin lending activities by retaining in our margin lending agreements the ability to adjust margin requirements as needed and by exercising a high degree of selectivity when accepting new correspondents. When determining whether to accept a new correspondent, we evaluate, among other factors, the correspondent’s experience in the industry, its financial condition and the background of the principals of the firm. In addition, we have multiple layers of protection, including the balances in customers’ accounts, correspondents’ commissions on deposit, clearing deposits and equity in correspondent firms, in the event that a correspondent or one of its customers does not deliver payment for our services. We also maintain a bad debt reserve.
 
Our customer agreements and fully-disclosed clearing agreements require industry arbitration in the event of a dispute. Arbitration is generally less expensive and more timely than dispute resolution through the court system. Although we attempt to minimize the risk associated with our margin lending activities, there is no assurance that the assumptions on which we base our decisions will be correct or that we are in a position to predict factors or events which will have an adverse impact on any individual customer or issuer, or the securities markets in general.
 
Local regulations
 
PFSI is a broker-dealer authorized to conduct business in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico under applicable local securities regulations. PFSC is authorized to conduct business in all major provinces and territories in Canada.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had 985 employees, of whom 416 were employed in clearing operations, 275 in technology support and development, 60 in sales and marketing and 234 in finance and administration. Of our 985 employees, 689 are employed in the U.S., 58 in the U.K., 196 in Canada, 10 in Asia and 32 in Australia. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining organization or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
 
Our continued success depends largely on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and should we be unable to recruit and retain the necessary personnel, the development, sale and performance of new or enhanced services would likely be delayed or prevented. In addition, difficulties we encounter in attracting and retaining qualified personnel may result in higher than anticipated salaries, benefits and recruiting costs, which could adversely affect our business.
 
Public reporting
 
Once filed with the SEC, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge at www.penson.com. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC. Any materials we file with the SEC may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains the reports we file with the SEC. We also make available on our website, free of charge, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our Corporate Business Principles and Governance Guidelines, and the charters for our Nominating and Corporate Governance, Audit and Compensation Committees. Any stockholder who so requests may obtain a printed copy of any of these documents, free of charge, by writing to us at 1700 Pacific Avenue, Suite 1400, Dallas, Texas 75201, Attention: Corporate Secretary.


24


Table of Contents

Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
Many factors could have an effect on PWI’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. We are subject to various risks resulting from changing economic, environmental, political, industry, business and financial conditions. The principal factors are described below.
 
Risks related to our business and our industry
 
We face substantial competition from other securities and commodities processing and infrastructure firms, which could harm our financial performance and reduce our market share.
 
The market for securities and futures processing infrastructure products and services is rapidly evolving and highly competitive. We compete with a number of firms that provide similar products and services to our market. Our competitors include Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P.; Pershing LLC, a member of BNY Securities Group; National Financial Services LLC, a Fidelity Investments company; Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., a subsidiary of Bank of America; MF Global Ltd. (formerly Man Financial) and RJ Obrien & Associates LLC. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have. Some of our competitors also offer a wider range of services and financial products than we do and have greater name recognition and more extensive client bases than ours. These competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies and client requirements and may be able to undertake more extensive promotional activities, offer more attractive terms to clients and adopt more aggressive pricing policies than ours. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively with current or future competitors. If we fail to compete effectively, our market share could decrease and our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially harmed.
 
Increased competition has contributed to the decline in net clearing revenue per transaction that we have experienced in recent years and may continue to create downward pressure on our net clearing revenue per transaction. In the past, we have responded to the decline in net clearing revenue by reducing our expenses, but if the decline continues, we may be unable to reduce our expenses at a comparable rate. Our failure to reduce expenses comparably would reduce our profit margins.
 
We depend on a limited number of clients for a significant portion of our clearing revenues.
 
Our ten largest current clients accounted for approximately 26.1% of our total net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010, while no client accounted for more than 6.8% of net revenues. The loss of even a small number of these clients at any one time could cause our revenues to decline. As previously announced, we will be losing a significant amount of the revenues generated from our largest correspondent during 2011; however, we believe we will be able to replace a substantial portion of that revenue from new correspondents we have signed. Our clearing contracts generally have an initial term of two years, and allow the correspondent to cancel our services upon providing us with 45 days of notice, in most cases after the expiration of the fixed term. Many of our futures clearing contracts with correspondents may be terminated with a 30-day notice. Our clearing contracts with these correspondents can also terminate automatically if we are suspended from any of the national exchanges of which we are a member for failure to comply with the rules or regulations thereof. In past periods, we have experienced temporary declines in our revenues when large clients have switched to other service providers. There can be no assurance that our largest clients will continue to use our products and services.
 
Our clearing operations could expose us to legal liability for errors in performing clearing functions and improper activities of our correspondents.
 
Any intentional failure or negligence in properly performing our clearing functions or any mishandling of funds and securities held by us on behalf of our correspondents and their customers could lead to censures, fines or other sanctions by applicable authorities as well as actions in tort brought by parties who are financially harmed by those failures or mishandlings. Any litigation that arises as a result of our clearing operations could harm our reputation and cause us to incur substantial expenses associated with litigation and damage awards that could exceed our liability insurance by unknown but significant amounts. In the normal course of business, we purchase and sell securities as both principal and agent. If another party to the transaction fails to fulfill its contractual


25


Table of Contents

obligations, we may incur a loss if the market value of the security is different from the contract amount of the transaction.
 
In the past, clearing firms in the U.S. have been held liable for failing to take action upon the receipt of customer complaints, failing to know about the suspicious activities of correspondents or their customers under circumstances where they should have known, and even aiding and abetting, or causing, the improper activities of their correspondents. Although our correspondents provide us with indemnity under our contracts, we cannot assure you that our procedures will be sufficient to properly monitor our correspondents or protect us from liability for the acts of our correspondents under current laws and regulations or that securities industry regulators will not enact more restrictive laws or regulations or change their interpretations of current laws and regulations. If we fail to implement proper procedures or fail to adapt our existing procedures to new or more restrictive regulations, we may be subject to liability that could result in substantial costs to us and distract our management from our business.
 
Our provision of sponsored and direct market access could expose us to legal liabilities for trading activity by third parties
 
We provide sponsored access to certain entities, which allows those entities to submit trades to certain exchanges through our market participant identification (MPID). We are responsible for any trades submitted by those entities that use our MPID. In addition, we provide certain of our correspondents with direct market access to various exchanges. Recently, the SEC and certain domestic and foreign SROs have increased scrutiny and enacted stringent regulation of sponsored and direct market access providers. If we cannot or do not adequately assess and successfully control the risks involved with all of the trading activities of our correspondents, we may be unable to protect ourselves from those risks. Though we have indemnification provisions in our contracts with each of those entities, given the increased regulatory scrutiny in this area, these indemnification provisions may not adequately protect us from liabilities incurred due to our provision of these services. We will be required to follow such regulations as soon as they become effective, which may limit or eliminate our provision of these services and could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Even if we are able to continue to offer this service, we may have to incur substantial costs related to implementation of risk controls with low latency to comply with new regulations.
 
Market weaknesses and lower trading volumes may negatively affect our results of operations and profitability.
 
We are subject to risks as a result of volume fluctuations in the securities and futures markets. A prolonged period of market weakness and low trading volumes could adversely impact the business of our customers and our business. There is a direct correlation between the volume of our customers’ trading activity and our results of operations. If our customers’ trading activity decreases, we expect that it would have a negative impact on our results of operations and profitability. We, along with other participants in the equity and futures markets, have experienced a substantial decrease in trading volumes over the most recent quarters that has materially adversely affected our profitability during such time.
 
Continuing low, short-term interest rates have negatively impacted the profitability of our margin lending business.
 
The profitability of our margin lending activities depends to a great extent on the difference between interest income earned on margin loans and investments of customer cash and the interest expense paid on customer cash balances and borrowings. While they are not linearly connected, if short-term interest rates fall, we generally expect to receive a smaller gross interest spread, causing the profitability of our margin lending and other interest-sensitive revenue sources to decline. Recent decreases in short-term interest rates have contributed to a decrease in our profitability and will continue to do so while lower rates continue to be in effect. Assuming constant customer balances, we expect that a 25 basis point change in the federal funds rate would affect our pre-tax income by approximately $1.3 million per quarter.
 
Short-term interest rates are highly sensitive to factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities. In particular, decreases in the federal funds rate by the Federal Reserve usually lead to decreasing interest rates in the U.S., which generally lead to a


26


Table of Contents

decrease in the gross spread we earn. This is most significant when the federal funds rate is on the lower end of its historical range, as it is today. Interest rates in Canada, the U.K. and Australia are also subject to fluctuations based on governmental policies and economic factors and these fluctuations could also affect the profitability of our margin lending operations in these markets.
 
Our margin lending business subjects us to credit risks and if we are unable to liquidate an investor’s securities when the margin collateral becomes insufficient, the profitability of our business may suffer.
 
We provide margin loans to investors; therefore, we are subject to risks inherent in extending credit. As of December 31, 2010, our receivables from customers and correspondents were $2.3 billion, which predominantly reflected margin loans. The Company generally recognizes interest income on an accrual basis as it is earned. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had approximately $97.4 million and $52.4 million in receivables, respectively, primarily from customers and correspondents, that were substantially collateralized and considered collectable, for which interest income was being recorded only when received. Our credit risks include the risk that the value of the collateral we hold could fall below the amount of an investor’s indebtedness. This risk is especially great when the market is rapidly declining. Agreements with margin account investors permit us to liquidate their securities with or without prior notice in the event that the amount of margin collateral becomes insufficient. Despite those agreements and our house policies with respect to margin, which may be more restrictive than is required under applicable laws and regulations, we may be unable to liquidate the customers’ securities for various reasons, including:
 
  •  the pledged securities may not be actively traded;
 
  •  there may be an undue concentration of securities pledged; or
 
  •  an order to stop transfer by the issuer of securities may be issued with regard to pledged securities.
 
In the U.S., our margin lending is subject to the margin rules of the Federal Reserve, NYSE and FINRA, whose rules generally permit margin loans of up to 50% of the value of the securities collateralizing the margin account loan at the time the loan is made, subject to requirements that the customer deposit additional securities or cash in its accounts so that the customer’s equity in the account is at least 25% of the value of the securities in the account. We are also subject to rules and regulations in Canada and the U.K. with regard to our margin lending activities in those markets. In certain circumstances, we may provide a higher degree of margin leverage to our correspondents with respect to their proprietary trading businesses than otherwise permitted by the margin rules described above based on an exemption for correspondents that purchase a class of preferred stock of PFSI. In addition, for our portfolio margining accounts, we are able to extend substantially more credit than permitted by the margin rules described above to approved customers pursuant to a risk formula adopted by the SEC. As a result, we may increase the risks otherwise associated with margin lending with respect to these correspondent and customer accounts.
 
We rely, in part, on third parties to provide and support the software and systems we use to provide our services. Any interruption or cessation of service by these third parties could harm our business.
 
We have contracted with SunGard Data Systems and, more recently, Broadridge to provide a major portion of the software and systems necessary for our execution and clearing services. On September 25, 2008, we entered into an amendment to our current agreement with SunGard that requires SunGard to provide a dedicated processing platform for the processing of our U.S. clearing operations. Our current agreement with SunGard will expire in February, 2014, but can be terminated by SunGard upon written notice in the event that we breach the agreement. In the past, we have experienced limited processing delays, occasional hardware and software outages with third party service providers, including SunGard. Any major interruption in our ability to process our transactions through SunGard or Broadridge would harm our relationships with our clients and impact our growth. We also license many additional generally available software packages. Failures in any of these applications could also harm our business operations. We rely on similar systems for other subsidiaries, problems with each of which could cause similar problems and results in us suffering significant financial harm.
 
We rely on SunGard, Broadridge and other third parties to enhance their current products, develop new products on a timely and cost-effective basis, and respond to emerging industry standards and other technological changes. Now that we have converted our Canadian operations and as we continue to transition our United States operations to Broadridge’s


27


Table of Contents

systems, we expect to be able to rely on Broadridge to be able to provide similar future product developments for our U.S., U.K. and Canadian securities operations. See “Business — Strategic Acquisitions” for a description of the Broadridge transaction. Certain of our subsidiaries will continue to use SunGard to provide the software and systems necessary to provide services to our clients, including Penson Futures. SunGard’s provision of a dedicated processing platform allowed us to process our increased U.S. trade volume in 2010 and we expect to be able to continue to increase or U.S. trade volume after converting to Broadridge’s systems in 2011 and beyond. If in the future, however, enhancements or upgrades of third-party software and systems cannot be integrated with our technologies or if the technologies on which we rely fail to respond to industry standards or technological changes, we may be required to redesign our proprietary systems. Software products may contain defects or errors, especially when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. The inability of third parties to supply us with software or systems on a reliable, timely basis or to allocate sufficient capacity to meet our trading volume requirements could harm relationships with our clients and our ability to achieve our projected level of growth.
 
Our anticipated transition of certain support services to Ridge and Broadridge may involve unforeseen delays, costs or technological complications. If we are unable to transition our services efficiently to Broadridge, we may experience interruptions or difficulties with respect to the services Broadridge is expected to provide.
 
We have signed a technology services and outsourcing agreement with Broadridge whereby Broadridge is expected to replace SunGard and our PFSL service providers as our provider of certain software and systems necessary for our execution and clearing services. See “Business — Strategic Acquisitions” for a description of the Broadridge transaction. We completed the conversion of our Canadian operations to Broadridge in February, 2011. We anticipate completing the transition of our U.S. and PFSL operations to those software and systems over the next one to two years. Any delays, technology issues or unexpected costs could substantially impair our ability to continue to provide clearing and execution services to our clients that could cause us to suffer material financial loss. In addition, there can be no guarantees that we will not experience additional issues with respect to processing delays, hardware and software outages, or other service issues with Broadridge than we experience with our current providers. Any additional processing delays or issues we experience could impair our ability to provide services to our clients, which could impact our growth and cause significant financial loss.
 
Our products and services, and the products and services provided to us by third parties, may infringe upon intellectual property rights of third parties, and any infringement claims could require us to incur substantial costs, distract our management or prevent us from conducting our business.
 
Although we attempt to avoid infringing upon known proprietary rights of third parties and typically incorporate indemnification provisions in any agreements where we license third party software, we are subject to the risk of claims alleging infringement of third-party proprietary rights and have incurred litigation expenses in the past, and are continuing to incur expenses due to the ongoing Realtime Data case, related to our defense of our intellectual property rights. If we infringe upon the rights of third parties through use of our proprietary software or software licensed to us by third parties, we may be unable to obtain licenses to use those or similar rights on commercially reasonable terms. In either of these events, we would need to undertake substantial reengineering to continue offering our services and may not be successful. In addition, any claim of infringement could cause us to incur additional, substantial costs defending the claim, even if the claim is invalid, and could distract our management from our business. Furthermore, a party making such a claim could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from conducting our business.
 
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights against unauthorized use and infringement by third parties, and our failure to do so may weaken our competitive position, and any legal claim we seek to pursue may require us to incur substantial cost and distract management and us from conducting our business.
 
Despite the precautions we take to protect our intellectual property rights, it is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe upon our proprietary rights. It is also possible that third parties may independently develop technologies similar to ours. It may be difficult for us to police unauthorized use of our intellectual property. We cannot be certain that our


28


Table of Contents

intellectual property rights are sufficiently protected against unauthorized use and infringement by third parties, and our failure to do so may weaken our competitive position. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets, which may require us to incur substantial cost and distract our management and us from conducting our business. See also “Business — Intellectual property and other proprietary rights.”
 
If our clients’ account information is misappropriated, we may be held liable or suffer harm to our reputation.
 
Increased public attention regarding the corporate use of personal information has led to increasingly complex legislation and regulations intended to strengthen data protection, information security and consumer privacy. The law in these areas is not consistent or settled. While we employ what we believe to be a high degree of care in protecting our clients’ confidential information, if third parties penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate our clients’ personal or account information, or we were to otherwise release any such confidential information without our clients’ permission, unintentionally or otherwise, we could be subject to liability arising from claims related to impersonation or similar fraud claims or other misuse of personal information, as well as suffer harm to our reputation. To effect secure transmissions of confidential information over computer systems and the Internet, we rely on encryption and authentication technology. While we periodically test the integrity and security of our systems, we cannot assure you that our efforts to maintain the confidentiality of our clients’ account information will be successful.
 
Internet security concerns have been a barrier to the acceptance of online trading, and any well-publicized compromise of security could hinder the growth of the online brokerage industry. We cannot assure you that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments will not result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect clients’ transactions and account data. We may incur significant costs to protect against the threat of network or Internet security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches.
 
Our risk management policies and procedures may leave us exposed to unidentified risks or an unanticipated level of risk.
 
We seek to control our risk exposure through a risk management framework that is designed to monitor, identify and measure the types of risk we face. While our management believes that our risk management framework effectively evaluates and manages the financial, operational, market, credit and other risks we face, risk management tools, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, which could cause them to be ineffective. As a result, we face the risk of losses, including losses resulting from firm errors, customer defaults or fraud. Unexpectedly large or rapid movements or disruptions in one or more markets may cause adverse changes in securities values, decreases in liquidity and trading positions and increased volatility, all of which could increase our risk exposure to our customers and to other third parties. In addition, while we monitor every customer account that is less than fully collateralized with liquid securities daily, our risk controls may not be able to protect us from substantial losses in those accounts. If our risk management tools are unable to control our risk exposure, we may suffer material losses or suffer other adverse consequences that could impair our ability to continue our operations.
 
We may be subject to material litigation proceedings that could cause us significant reputational harm and financial loss.
 
We are subject from time-to-time to legal claims or regulatory matters involving stockholder, customer, and other issues on a global basis, based on our activity or the activity of our correspondents. As described in “Item 3: Legal Proceedings,” we are currently engaged in a number of litigation matters. These matters include our involvement in a bankruptcy proceeding concerning Sentinel Management Group, Inc. (“Sentinel”), which is described in detail in Item 3. The bankruptcy trustee in this matter is seeking the return of pre- and post-bankruptcy petition transfers made to Penson Futures and Penson Financial Futures, Inc. (“PFFI”), a subsidiary of PWI, to which we have objected. We intend to vigorously defend this position, but we are not able to predict the outcome of this dispute at this time. In the event that Penson Futures and PFFI are obligated to return a substantial portion of previously distributed funds to the Sentinel estate, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for


29


Table of Contents

the period in which the payment is made. In addition, we are currently involved in a matter regarding Nexa’s use of certain intellectual property rights. An unfavorable outcome in that matter may require us to terminate use of certain intellectual property we currently employ, or to license such intellectual property at a high cost.
 
Litigation generally is subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings can occur. An unfavorable ruling in any matter could include monetary damages or, in cases for which injunctive relief is sought, an injunction prohibiting us from providing clearing or technology services. If we were to receive an unfavorable ruling in a matter, our business and results of operations could suffer significant reputational and financial loss.
 
Any slowdown or failure of our computer or communications systems could subject us to liability for losses suffered by our clients or their customers.
 
Our services depend on our ability to store, retrieve, process and manage significant databases, and to receive and process securities and futures orders through a variety of electronic media. Our principal computer equipment and software systems, including backup systems, are maintained at various locations in Texas, Chicago, Boston, New Jersey, Minnesota, Toronto, Montreal, Sydney and London. Our systems or any other systems in the trading process could slow down significantly or fail for a variety of reasons, including:
 
  •  computer viruses or undetected errors in our internal software programs or computer systems;
 
  •  inability to rapidly monitor all intraday trading activity;
 
  •  inability to effectively resolve any errors in our internal software programs or computer systems once they are detected;
 
  •  heavy stress placed on our systems during peak trading times; or
 
  •  power or telecommunications failure, fire, tornado or any other natural disaster.
 
While we continue to monitor system loads and performance and implement system upgrades to handle predicted increases in trading volume and volatility, we cannot assure you that we will be able to accurately predict future volume increases or volatility or that our systems will be able to accommodate these volume increases or volatility without failure or degradation. Any significant degradation or failure of our computer systems, communications systems or any other systems in the clearing or trading processes could cause the customers of our clients to suffer delays in the execution of their trades. These delays could cause substantial losses for our clients or their customers and could subject us to claims and losses, including litigation claiming fraud or negligence, damage our reputation, increase our service costs, cause us to lose revenues or divert our technical resources.
 
If our operational systems and infrastructure fail to keep pace with our anticipated growth, we may experience operating inefficiencies, client dissatisfaction and lost revenue opportunities.
 
We have experienced significant growth in our client base, business activities and the number of our employees. The growth of our business and expansion of our client base has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management and operations. We believe that our current and anticipated future growth will require the implementation of new and enhanced communications and information systems, the training of personnel to operate these systems and the expansion and upgrade of core technologies. While many of our systems are designed to accommodate additional growth without redesign or replacement, we may nevertheless need to make significant investments in additional hardware and software to accommodate growth. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to accurately predict the timing or rate of this growth or expand and upgrade our systems and infrastructure on a timely basis.
 
In addition, the scope of procedures for assuring compliance with applicable rules and regulations has changed as the size and complexity of our business has increased. We have implemented and continue to implement formal compliance procedures to respond to these changes and the impact of our growth. Our future operating results will depend on our ability:
 
  •  to improve our systems for operations, financial controls, and communication and information management;
 
  •  to refine our compliance procedures and enhance our compliance oversight; and


30


Table of Contents

 
  •  to recruit, train, manage and retain our employees.
 
Our growth has required and will continue to require increased investments in management personnel and systems, financial systems and controls and office facilities. In the absence of continued revenue growth, the costs associated with these investments would cause our operating margins to decline from current levels. We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage or continue to manage our recent or future growth successfully. If we fail to manage our growth, we may experience operating inefficiencies, dissatisfaction among our client base and lost revenue opportunities.
 
A failure in the operational systems of third parties could significantly disrupt our business and cause losses.
 
We face the risk of operational failure, termination or capacity constraints of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. In recent years, there has been significant consolidation among clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries, which has increased our exposure to operational failure, termination or capacity constraints of the particular financial intermediaries that we use and could affect our ability to find adequate and cost-effective alternatives in the event of any such failure, termination or constraint. Any such failure, termination or constraint could adversely affect our ability to effect transactions, service our clients and manage our exposure to risk.
 
If we are unable to respond to the demands of our existing and new clients, our ability to reach our revenue goals or maintain our profitability could be diminished.
 
The global securities and futures industry is characterized by increasingly complex infrastructures and products, new and changing business models and rapid technological changes. Our clients’ needs and demands for our products and services evolve with these changes. For example, an increasing number of our clients are from market segments including hedge funds, algorithmic traders and direct access customers who demand increasingly sophisticated products. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to respond to our clients’ demands for new services, products and technologies on a timely and cost-effective basis, to adapt to technological advancements and changing standards and to address the increasingly sophisticated requirements of our clients.
 
Our existing correspondents may choose to perform their own clearing services as their operations grow, in which case we would lose the revenues generated by such correspondents.
 
We market our clearing services to our existing correspondents on the strength of our ability to process transactions and perform related back-office functions at a lower cost than the correspondents could perform these functions themselves. As our correspondents’ operations grow, they often consider the option of performing clearing functions themselves, in a process referred to in the securities industry as “self-clearing.” As the transaction volume of a correspondent grows, the cost of implementing the necessary infrastructure for self-clearing may eventually be offset by the elimination of per-transaction processing fees that would otherwise be paid to a clearing firm. Additionally, performing their own clearing services allows self-clearing firms to retain their customers’ margin balances, free credit balances and securities for use in margin lending activities. If our clients choose to self-clear, we would lose their revenue and our business could be adversely affected.
 
We are also subject to the risk that one or more of our correspondents may be acquired by a firm which is already self clearing, or clears through another broker-dealer. Our largest correspondent, thinkorswim, was acquired by TD Ameritrade in 2009. We anticipate that approximately two-thirds of the business we currently clear for thinkorswim will be converted to TD Ameritrade in 2011.
 
Our ability to sell our services and grow our business could be significantly impaired if we lose the services of key personnel.
 
Our business is highly dependent on a small number of key executive officers. We have entered into compensation agreements with various personnel, but we do not have employment agreements with most of our employees. The loss of the services of any of the key personnel or the inability to identify, hire, train and retain other qualified personnel in the future could harm our business. Competition for key personnel and other highly qualified technical and managerial personnel in the securities and futures processing infrastructure industry is intense, and there is no assurance that we would be able to recruit management personnel to replace these individuals in a timely manner, or at all, on acceptable terms.


31


Table of Contents

We may face risks associated with potential future acquisitions that could reduce our profitability or hinder our ability to successfully expand our operations.
 
Over the past few years, our business strategy has included engaging in acquisitions which have facilitated our ability to provide technology infrastructure and establish a presence in international markets. We have completed five acquisitions since 2006, including the acquisitions of GHCO and FCG in 2007 that significantly expanded our futures business. Additionally we completed the acquisition of substantially all of Ridge’s contracts with its securities clearing clients in June, 2010. In the future, we may acquire additional businesses or technologies as part of our growth strategy. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate future acquisitions, which potentially involve the following risks:
 
  •  diversion of management’s time and attention to the negotiation of the acquisitions;
 
  •  difficulties in assimilating acquired businesses, technologies, operations and personnel including, but not limited to, the increased trade volume of acquired businesses;
 
  •  the need to modify financial and other systems and to add management resources;
 
  •  assumption of unknown liabilities of the acquired businesses;
 
  •  unforeseen difficulties in the acquired operations and disruption of our ongoing business;
 
  •  dilution to our existing stockholders due to the issuance of equity securities that may make it difficult for us to raise capital from equity financing in the future;
 
  •  possible adverse short-term effects on our cash flows or operating results; and
 
  •  possible accounting charges due to impairment of goodwill or other purchased intangible assets.
 
Failure to manage our acquisitions to avoid these risks could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
 
Our ability to borrow a limited amount of funds under our Amended and Restated Credit Facility may adversely affect our liquidity and our results of operations.
 
Currently, we have the capacity to borrow up to $25,000 under the Amended and Restated Credit Facility. While we believe we are in a very solid financial position, and our broker-dealer subsidiaries continue to have access to capital to finance day-to-day operations through separate secured facilities, the relatively limited current availability under this facility could adversely affect us if we have an unanticipated need for additional capital and cannot obtain capital, or can only obtain capital on terms that are not favorable to us, from other sources when such funds are required. While we believe that we would be able to find alternative sources of capital should we need to raise additional funds, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so or that we will be able to do so on terms that are sufficiently favorable or in a timely manner.
 
Covenants in our credit agreement and certain other debt instruments restrict our business in many ways.
 
Our Amended and Restated Credit Facility, the Notes and other outstanding debt instruments include various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things: incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock or prepay certain indebtedness, make investments, make capital expenditures, engage in certain transactions with our affiliates, enter into acquisitions, consolidate, merge or sell assets, incur liens and change the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries.
 
In addition, the Amended and Restated Credit Facility contains covenants that require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. Our Amended and Restated Credit Facility and the Notes also require that PFSI maintain net regulatory capital of at least 5.5% of its aggregate debt balances. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the Amended and Restated Credit Facility, the Notes and other outstanding debt instruments.


32


Table of Contents

Our Amended and Restated Credit Facility, the Notes and other outstanding debt instruments include various events of default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Amended and Restated Credit Facility the Notes or other outstanding debt instruments, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such credit facility to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If the obligations under our Amended and Restated Credit Facility, the Notes or the Convertible Notes were accelerated, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the amounts outstanding thereunder which would have a material adverse effect on us.
 
Our revenues may decrease due to declines in trading volume, market prices, liquidity of securities markets or proprietary trading activity.
 
We generate revenues primarily from transaction processing fees we earn from our clearing operations and interest income from our margin lending activities and interest earned by investing customers’ cash. These revenue sources are substantially dependent on customer trading volumes, market prices and liquidity of securities markets. Over the past several years the U.S. and foreign securities markets have experienced significant volatility. Sudden or gradual but sustained declines in market values of securities can result in:
 
  •  reduced trading activity;
 
  •  illiquid markets;
 
  •  declines in the market values of securities carried by our customers and correspondents;
 
  •  the failure of buyers and sellers of securities to fulfill their settlement obligations;
 
  •  reduced margin loan balances of investors; and
 
  •  increases in claims and litigation.
 
The occurrence of any of these events would likely result in reduced revenues and decreased profitability from our clearing operations and margin lending activities.
 
Certain of our subsidiaries engage in proprietary trading activities. Please see our discussion in “Business — Securities-processing” and “Proprietary trading.” Historically these activities have accounted for a very small portion of our total revenues and net income/loss. With respect to most of such trading, we endeavor to limit our exposure to markets through, among other means, employing hedging strategies and by limiting the period of time that we have market exposure. However, we are not completely protected against market risk from such trading at any particular point in time and proprietary trading risks could adversely impact operating results in a specific financial period.
 
Continued market instability could negatively affect our operations and financial condition.
 
As a financial services provider, our business is sensitive to conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions generally, as well as to the soundness of particular financial services institutions with which we transact business. Among other things, national and international markets have continued through 2010 to suffer significant turmoil initially caused by a sharp downturn in markets for mortgage-related securities and non-investment grade debt securities and loans. Several large financial institutions including, without limitation, commercial banks, insurance companies, and brokerage firms, have either filed for bankruptcy or been the subject of governmental intervention in the form of loans, equity infusions or direct government ownership in receivership. Others have been sold in whole or in part to third parties. Financial services institutions that deal with each other are often interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. As a result, a default or failure by, or even concerns about the stability or liquidity of, one or more financial services institutions could lead to significant market-wide liquidity problems, or losses or defaults by other institutions, including us. In addition, our operations may suffer to the extent that ongoing market volatility causes individuals and institutional traders and other market participants to curtail or forego trading activities, which could adversely affect our operations and financial conditions.


33


Table of Contents

Our significant non-U.S. operation exposes us to global exchange rate fluctuations that could impact our profitability.
 
We are exposed to market risk through commercial and financial operations. Our market risk consists principally of exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange and interest rates. As we conduct a significant portion of our operations outside the U.S., fluctuations in currencies of other countries, especially the British Pound and the Canadian and Australian dollars, may materially affect our operating results. As we continue to expand our business operations globally, our exposure to fluctuations in currencies of other countries will continue to increase.
 
We do not typically use financial instruments to hedge our income statement exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. A substantial portion of our revenues and cost of operating expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In our consolidated financial statements, we translate our local currency financial results into U.S. dollars based on average exchange rates prevailing during a reporting period and financial position based on the exchange rate at the end of that period. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, at a constant level of business, our reported international revenues, earnings, assets and liabilities will be reduced because the local currency will translate into fewer U.S. dollars.
 
Given the volatility of exchange rates, we may not be able to manage our currency transaction and/or translation risks effectively, or volatility in currency exchange rates may expose our financial condition or results of operations to significant additional risk.
 
Requirements to close out fails resulting from short sales could increase our costs and adversely affect our securities lending business.
 
We are subject to Rule 204 under the Exchange Act, which requires clearing broker-dealers to make delivery on short sales effected in the U.S. no later than T+3. Under Rule 204, clearing broker-dealers that do not purchase or borrow securities to cover certain fail positions as of the opening of trading on T+4 are subject to a borrowing penalty for each security that the clearing-broker fails to deliver (subject to the allocation provision noted below). The borrowing penalty, which requires pre-borrowing in connection with short sales, will apply until the clearing broker purchases a sufficient amount of the security to make full delivery on the fail position and that purchase clears and settles. If a clearing broker becomes subject to the borrowing penalty, the penalty will prohibit the clearing broker from effecting short sales in that security for its own account or for that of any introducing broker or customer unless the clearing broker has borrowed the securities in question or has entered into a bona fide arrangement to borrow the securities. Clearing broker-dealers are permitted to reasonably allocate the close-out requirement to an introducing broker that is responsible for the fail position. As the clearing broker-dealer, if we are unable to timely cover a fail position and cannot allocate the close-out responsibility to the broker-dealer that is responsible for the fail position, we would be subject to the borrowing penalty until such time as we have purchased a sufficient amount of the security to make full delivery on the fail position and that purchase has cleared and settled, which generally is three business days after the purchase. Foreign jurisdictions in which we operate also have restrictions on short selling. Because of the requirements of Rule 204 and foreign restrictions on short selling, our costs associated with handling short sales, including the costs associated with closing out fail positions and borrowing securities to facilitate short selling may increase significantly. In addition, if we become subject to the borrowing penalty, our customers may be less likely to use our securities lending department for short sale transactions and the scope of our securities lending business may significantly decrease, which will adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
On February 24, 2010, the SEC adopted additional restrictions on short selling stock. These restrictions, known as the alternative uptick rule, restrict short selling in securities that have dropped more than 10% in one day. These changes and potential future regulatory changes related to short-selling of securities may have a negative impact on our ability to earn the spreads we have historically collected.


34


Table of Contents

General economic and political conditions and broad trends in business and finance that are beyond our control may contribute to reduced levels of activity in the securities markets, which could result in lower revenues from our business operations.
 
Trading volume, market prices and liquidity are affected by general national and international economic and political conditions and broad trends in business and finance that result in changes in volume and price levels of securities transactions. These factors include:
 
  •  the availability of short-term and long-term funding and capital;
 
  •  the level and volatility of interest rates;
 
  •  legislative and regulatory changes;
 
  •  currency values and inflation; and
 
  •  national, state and local taxation levels affecting securities transactions.
 
These factors are beyond our control and may contribute to reduced levels of activity in the securities markets. Our largest source of revenues has historically been revenues from clearing operations, which are largely driven by the volume of trading activities of the customers of our correspondents and proprietary trading by our correspondents. Our margin lending revenues and technology revenues are also impacted by changes in the trading activities of our correspondents and customers. Accordingly, any significant reduction in activity in the securities markets would likely result in lower revenues from our business operations.
 
Our quarterly revenue and operating results are subject to significant fluctuations.
 
Our quarterly revenue and operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future due to a number of factors, including:
 
  •  changes in the proportion of clearing operations revenues and interest income;
 
  •  the lengthy sales and integration cycle with new correspondents;
 
  •  the gain or loss of business from a correspondent;
 
  •  changes in per-transaction clearing fees;
 
  •  changes in bad debt expense from margin lending as compared to historical levels;
 
  •  changes in the rates we charge for margin loans, changes in the rates we pay for cash deposits we hold on behalf of our correspondents and their customers and changes in the rates at which we can invest such cash deposits;
 
  •  changes in the market price of securities and our ability to manage related risks;
 
  •  fluctuations in overall market trading volume;
 
  •  the relative success and/or failure of third party clearing competitors, many of which have increasingly larger resources than we have as a result of recent consolidation in our industry;
 
  •  the relative success and/or failure of third party technology competitors including, without limitation, competitors to our Nexa business;
 
  •  our ability to manage personnel, overhead and other expenses; and
 
  •  the amount and timing of capital expenditures.
 
Our expense structure is based on historical expense levels and the expected levels of demand for our clearing, margin lending and other services. If demand for our services declines, we may be unable to adjust our cost structure on a timely basis in order to achieve profitability.
 
Due to the foregoing factors, period-to-period comparisons of our historical revenues and operating results are not necessarily meaningful, and you should not rely upon such comparisons as indicators of future performance. We


35


Table of Contents

also cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain the rates of revenue growth we have experienced in the past, or improve our operating results.
 
Our involvement in futures and options markets subjects us to risks inherent in conducting business in those markets.
 
We principally clear futures and options contracts on behalf of our correspondents and their respective customers. Trading in futures and options contracts is generally more highly leveraged than trading in other types of securities. This additional leverage increases the risk associated with trading in futures and options contracts, which in turn raises the risk that a correspondent, introducing broker, or customer may not be able to fully repay its creditors, including us, if it experiences losses in its futures and options contract trading business.
 
We may not be able to or determine not to hedge our foreign exchange risk.
 
As a foreign exchange trade dealer, we enter into currency transactions with certain of our institutional clients or other institutions using modeled prices that we determine and may seek to hedge our risk by executing similar transactions on the various exchanges or electronic communication networks of which we are a participant. While we expect to be able to limit our risk in our transactions with our clients through hedging transactions on exchanges or ECNs or through other counterparty relationships, there is no guarantee that we will be able to enter into these transactions at prices similar to those which we entered into with our clients. In addition, while we may intend to enter into the hedging transactions after we enter into a transaction with our client or the relevant institution, it is possible that currency prices could fluctuate before we are able to enter into such hedging transactions or, for other reasons, we may determine not to hedge such risk.
 
The securities and futures businesses are highly dependent on certain market centers that may be targets of terrorism.
 
Our business is dependent on exchanges and market centers being able to process trades. Terrorist activities in September 2001 caused the U.S. securities markets to close for four days. This impacted our revenue and profitability for that period of time. If future terrorist incidents cause interruption of market activity, our revenues and profits may be negatively impacted.
 
Extreme market volatility may cause investors to avoid participation in equity markets, which could lead to substantially reduced trading volumes.
 
On May 6, 2010, the Dow Jones Industrial Average plunged over 900 points and then rapidly rebounded. This “Flash Crash” caused many investors and traders to reduce their trading activity in equity markets, or to suspend all trading activity. Any further market disruptions that cause investors and traders to reduce trading activity could lead to significantly reduced trading volumes, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.
 
Risks related to government regulation
 
All aspects of our business are subject to extensive government regulation. If we fail to comply with these regulations, we may be subject to disciplinary or other action by regulatory organizations, and we could suffer significant reputational and financial loss.
 
The securities industry in the U.S. is subject to extensive regulation under both federal and state laws. In addition to these laws, we must comply with rules and regulations of the SEC, NYSE, FINRA, the CFTC, the NFA, various stock and futures exchanges, state securities commissions and other regulatory bodies charged with safeguarding the integrity of the securities markets and other financial markets and protecting the interests of investors participating in these markets. Broker-dealers and FCMs are subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities and futures businesses, including:
 
  •  sales methods;
 
  •  trade practices among broker-dealers and FCMs;
 
  •  use and safekeeping of investors’ funds and securities;


36


Table of Contents

 
  •  capital structure;
 
  •  margin lending;
 
  •  record keeping;
 
  •  conduct of directors, officers and employees; and
 
  •  supervision of investor accounts.
 
Our ability to comply with these regulations depends largely on the establishment and maintenance of an effective compliance system as well as our ability to attract and retain qualified compliance personnel. We could be subject to disciplinary or other actions due to claimed non-compliance with these regulations in the future and even for the claimed non-compliance of our correspondents with such regulations. If a claim of non-compliance is made by a regulatory authority, the efforts of our management could be diverted to responding to such a claim and we could be subject to a range of possible consequences, including the payment of fines and the suspension of one or more portions of our business. Additionally, our clearing contracts generally include automatic termination provisions which are triggered in the event we are suspended from any of the national exchanges of which we are a member for failure to comply with the rules or regulations thereof.
 
We and certain of our officers and employees have been subject to claims of non-compliance in the past, and may be subject to claims and legal proceedings in the future.
 
We also operate clearing and related businesses in the U.K., Canada and Australia and execute transactions in global markets. These non-U.S. businesses are also heavily regulated. To the extent that different regulatory regimes impose inconsistent or iterative requirements on the conduct of our business, we will face complexity and additional costs in our compliance efforts. In addition, as we expand into new non-U.S. markets with which we may have relatively less experience, there is a risk that our lack of familiarity with the regulations impacting such markets may affect our performance and results.
 
The regulatory environment in which we operate has experienced increasing scrutiny by regulatory authorities in recent years and further changes in legislation or regulations may affect our ability to conduct our business or reduce our profitability.
 
The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate has undergone significant change in the past and may undergo further change in the future. The CFTC, SEC, NYSE, FINRA, NFA, various securities or futures exchanges and other U.S. and foreign governmental or regulatory authorities continuously review legislative and regulatory initiatives and may adopt new or revised laws and regulations. These legislative and regulatory initiatives may affect the way in which we conduct our business and may make our business less profitable. Changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and regulations by those entities may also adversely affect our business. Certain regulatory authorities have been more likely in recent years to commence enforcement actions against companies in our industry and penalties and fines sought by certain regulatory authorities have increased substantially in recent years.
 
In addition, because our industry is heavily regulated, regulatory approval may be required prior to expansion of our business activities. We may not be able to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for any desired expansion. Even if approvals are obtained, they may impose restrictions on our business and could require us to incur significant compliance costs or adversely affect the development of business activities in affected markets.
 
Recently enacted financial reform legislation and related regulations may negatively affect our business activities, results of operations and profitability.
 
While certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be effective immediately, many other provisions will be effective only following extended transition periods of varying lengths. Therefore, it is impractical at present to forecast the comprehensive effects of the legislation. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandates the preparation of studies on a wide range of issues, which could lead to additional legislation or regulatory changes. This legislation makes extensive changes to the laws regulating financial services firms and requires significant rule-making. The legislation and regulation of financial institutions, both domestically and internationally, include calls to increase capital and liquidity requirements, limit the size and types of the activities permitted and increase taxes on some institutions.


37


Table of Contents

While we are currently assessing the impact that these initiatives will have directly on our business, we are also assessing the indirect effect on us due to the impact on certain of our customers. As a result of the effect of these new legislative and regulatory changes on our customers, our revenue may materially decrease, our ability to pursue certain business opportunities may be limited, we may be required to change certain of our business practices, we may incur significant additional costs and we may otherwise have our business adversely affected. If we do not comply with current or future legislation and regulations that apply to our operations, we may be subject to fines, penalties or material restrictions on our businesses in the jurisdiction where the violation occurred. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance that any such new legislation or regulation would not have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, profitability or financial condition.
 
If we do not maintain the capital levels required by regulations, we may be subject to fines, suspension, revocation of registration or expulsion by regulatory authorities.
 
We are subject to stringent rules imposed by the SEC, NYSE, FINRA, and various other regulatory agencies which require broker-dealers to maintain specific levels of net capital. Net capital is the net worth of a broker-dealer, less deductions, for other types of assets including assets not readily convertible into cash and specified percentages of a broker-dealer’s proprietary securities positions. If we fail to maintain the required net capital, we may be subject to suspension or revocation of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by NYSE and/or FINRA, which, if not cured, could ultimately lead to our liquidation. If the net capital rules are changed or expanded, or if there is an unusually large charge against our net capital, we might be required to limit or discontinue our clearing and margin lending operations that require the intensive use of capital. In addition, our ability to withdraw capital from our subsidiaries could be restricted, which in turn could limit our ability to pay dividends, repay or repurchase debt, including the notes, at the parent company level and redeem or purchase shares of our outstanding stock, if necessary. A large operating loss or charge against net capital could impede our ability to expand or even maintain our present volume of business.
 
Our futures clearing business is subject to the capital and segregation rules of the NFA and CFTC. If we fail to maintain the required capital, or if we violate the customer segregation rules, we may be subject to monetary fines, and the suspension or revocation of our license to clear futures contracts. Any interruption in our ability to continue this business would impact our revenues and profitability.
 
Outside of the U.S., we are subject to other regulatory capital requirements. Our U.K. subsidiary is subject to capital adequacy rules that require our subsidiary to maintain stockholders’ equity and qualifying subordinated loans at specified minimum levels. If we fail to maintain the required regulatory capital, we may be subject to fine, suspension or revocation of our license with the FSA. If our license is suspended or revoked or if the capital adequacy requirements are changed or expanded, we may be required to discontinue our U.K. operations, which could result in diminished revenues.
 
As a member of IIROC, an approved participant with the Montreal Exchange, a participating organization with the Toronto Stock Exchange and a member of the TSX Venture Exchange and various Canadian alternative trading systems, PFSC is subject to the rules and policies of IIROC and other rules relating to the maintenance of regulatory capital. Specifically, to ensure that the IIROC members will be able to meet liabilities as they become due, IIROC requires its investment dealer members to periodically calculate their risk adjusted capital in accordance with a prescribed formula. If PFSC fails to maintain the required risk adjusted capital, it may be subject to monetary sanctions, suspensions or other sanctions, including expulsion as a member. If PFSC is sanctioned or expelled or if the risk adjusted capital requirements are changed or expanded, PFSC may be required to discontinue operations in Canada, which could result in diminished revenues.
 
PFSA holds an Australian Financial Services License and is a market participant of the ASX and is an ASX Clear participant. As such, PFSA is subject to, amongst other things, the rules established by the ASX and ASX Clear governing the minimum risk based capital requirements for participants in the ASX and ASX Clear. The ASX Clear capital requirements establish minimum core liquid capital requirements and minimum requirements for a participant’s liquid capital as compared to a number of different risk based metrics which make up the participant’s total risk requirement. The risk requirements vary depending on the operations undertaken by the participant. A participant’s core liquid capital is based principally on a participant’s equity and retained profits, while the liquid capital adjusts core liquid capital to take account of reserves and in certain cases subordinated debt and preferred


38


Table of Contents

stock. If PFSA should fail to comply with the requirements of these various measures of capital, we may be required to discontinue our Australian operations, which could result in diminished revenues.
 
In addition, some of the investments we make in our business may impact our regulatory capital. We have made large investments into Nexa and expect to continue to do so in the future. Investments in non-regulated subsidiaries and increases in illiquid assets, including unsecured customer accounts decrease the capital available for our regulated subsidiaries. If we experience increased levels of unsecured and partially secured accounts in the future, we could suffer significant financial loss.
 
Procedures and requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act may expose us to significant costs or penalties.
 
As participants in the financial services industry, our subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, which require that they know certain information about their customers and monitor transactions for suspicious financial activities. The cost of complying with the PATRIOT Act and related laws and regulations is significant. We may face particular difficulties in identifying our international customers, gathering the required information about them and monitoring their activities. We face risks that our policies, procedures, technology and personnel directed toward complying with the PATRIOT Act are insufficient and that we could be subject to significant criminal and civil penalties due to noncompliance. Such penalties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results and cash flows.
 
Risks related to our corporate structure
 
Our discontinued operations expose us to legal and other risks.
 
In May, 2006, we completed the disposal by split off of certain non-core business operations that were placed into the subsidiaries of a newly formed holding company known as SAMCO Holdings, Inc. (SAMCO). Our then existing stockholders exchanged $10.4 million of SAMCO net assets and $7.3 million of cash for 1.0 million Penson shares. The split off transaction was structured to be tax free to the Company and our stockholders, and the net assets were distributed at net book value. Though there was substantial common ownership between the Company and SAMCO, we did not retain any ownership interest in SAMCO, which is operated independently. Although the split off transaction occurred over three years ago, we may incur future liabilities related to the operations of the SAMCO entities. Due to the Company’s indirect ownership of the SAMCO entities prior to our initial public offering we may be exposed to additional liabilities beyond what we may ordinarily encounter in our typical customer relationships.
 
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate a change in control or a change in management that stockholders believe is desirable.
 
Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include:
 
  •  a classified board of directors;
 
  •  limitations on the removal of directors;
 
  •  advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations of directors at meetings of our stockholders; and
 
  •  the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings.
 
In addition, our Board of Directors has the ability to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a rights plan, or a poison pill, that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our Board of Directors.
 
The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote is necessary to amend or repeal the above provisions of our certificate of incorporation. In addition, absent approval of our Board of


39


Table of Contents

Directors, our bylaws may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote.
 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns or within the last three years has owned 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, Section 203 may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our Company.
 
Risks related to our requirements as a public company
 
Our stockholders could be harmed if our management and larger stockholders use their influence in a manner adverse to other stockholders’ interests.
 
At the date of this report, our executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 52.7% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders may have the ability to control all fundamental matters affecting us, including the election of the majority of the board of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may also delay or prevent a change in our control even if beneficial to stockholders. The interests of these stockholders with respect to such matters could conflict with the interests of public stockholders.
 
The price of our common stock may be volatile.
 
Since the completion of our initial public offering in May 2006, the price at which our common stock has traded has been subject to significant fluctuation. The price of our common stock may continue to be volatile in the future and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to:
 
  •  reductions in market prices or volume;
 
  •  changes in securities or other government regulations;
 
  •  quarterly variations in operating results;
 
  •  our technological capabilities to accommodate any future growth in our operations or clients;
 
  •  announcements of technological innovations, new products, services, significant contracts, acquisitions or joint ventures by us or our competitors;
 
  •  issuance and sales of our securities in financing transactions; and
 
  •  changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to meet or exceed analyst estimates.
 
As a result, shareholders may be unable to sell their stock at or above the price they paid for it.
 
Our internal control over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to provide an attestation report as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.
 
We are continuously evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting in order to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, which we refer to as Section 404. While we have not identified material weaknesses to date, we may from time to time identify conditions that may result in material weaknesses.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None


40


Table of Contents

Item 2.   Properties
 
Description of property
 
Our headquarters are located in Dallas, Texas, under a lease that expires in June 2016. This lease covers approximately 94,690 square feet at our headquarters, and our fixed rent is approximately $134,000 per month. We have one five-year option to extend the lease at the prevailing market rate. We sublease approximately 18,000 square feet of this space to SAMCO Holdings. In addition, our Canadian subsidiary leases approximately 42,420 square feet in the Montreal and Toronto. We also lease additional office space at locations in California, Illinois, New York, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Texas, London, Hong Kong, Tokyo, Sydney and other locations to support our operations. We believe that our present facilities, together with our current options to extend lease terms and occupy additional space, are adequate for our current needs.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
In re Sentinel Management Group, Inc. is a Chapter 11 bankruptcy case filed on August 17, 2007 in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois by Sentinel. Prior to the filing of this action, Penson Futures and PFFI held customer segregated accounts with Sentinel totaling approximately $36 million. Sentinel subsequently sold certain securities to Citadel Equity Fund, Ltd. and Citadel Limited Partnership. On August 20, 2007, the Bankruptcy Court authorized distributions of 95 percent of the proceeds Sentinel received from the sale of those securities to certain FCM clients of Sentinel, including Penson Futures and PFFI. This distribution to the Penson Futures and PFFI customer segregated accounts along with a distribution received immediately prior to the bankruptcy filing totaled approximately $25.4 million.
 
On May 12, 2008, a committee of Sentinel creditors, consisting of a majority of non-FCM creditors, together with the trustee appointed to manage the affairs and liquidation of Sentinel (the “Sentinel Trustee”), filed with the Court their proposed Plan of Liquidation (the “Committee Plan”) and on May 13, 2008 filed a Disclosure Statement related thereto. The Committee Plan allows the Sentinel Trustee to seek the return from FCMs, including Penson Futures and PFFI, of a portion of the funds previously distributed to their customer segregated accounts. On June 19, 2008, the Court entered an order approving the Disclosure Statement over objections by Penson Futures, PFFI and others. On September 16, 2008, the Sentinel Trustee filed suit against Penson Futures and PFFI along with several other FCMs that received distributions to their customer segregated accounts from Sentinel. The suit against Penson Futures and PFFI seeks the return of approximately $23.6 million of post-bankruptcy petition transfers and approximately $14.4 million of pre-bankruptcy petition transfers. The suit also seeks to declare that the funds distributed to the customer segregated accounts of Penson Futures and PFFI by Sentinel are the property of the Sentinel bankruptcy estate rather than the property of customers of Penson Futures and PFFI.
 
On December 15, 2008, over the objections of Penson Futures and PFFI, the court entered an order confirming the Committee Plan, and the Committee Plan became effective on December 17, 2008. On January 7, 2009 Penson Futures and PFFI filed their answer and affirmative defenses to the suit brought by the Sentinel Trustee. Also on January 7, 2009, Penson Futures, PFFI and a number of other FCMs that had placed customer funds with Sentinel filed motions with the federal district court for the Northern District of Illinois, effectively asking the federal district court to remove the Sentinel suits against the FCMs from the bankruptcy court and consolidate them with other Sentinel related actions pending in the federal district court. On April 8, 2009, the Sentinel Trustee filed an amended complaint, which added a claim for unjust enrichment. Following an unsuccessful attempt to dismiss that claim on September 1, 2009, the Court denied the motion for reconsideration without prejudice. On September 11, 2009, Penson Futures and PFFI filed their amended answer and amended affirmative defenses to the Sentinel Trustee’s amended complaint. On October 28, 2009, the federal district court for the Northern District of Illinois granted the motions of Penson Futures, PFFI, and certain other FCM’s requesting removal of the matters referenced above from the bankruptcy court, thereby removing these matters to the federal district court.
 
On February 23, 2011, the federal district court held a continued status hearing, during which Penson Futures, PFFI and the Sentinel Trustee agreed that coordinated discovery with respect to the Sentinel suits against the Company and other FCMs was still proceeding. No trial date has been set.


41


Table of Contents

In one of the actions brought by the Sentinel Trustee against an FCM whose customer segregated accounts received similar distributions to those made to the customer segregated accounts of Penson Futures and PFFI, the Sentinel Trustee has brought a motion for summary judgment on certain counts asserted against such FCM that may implicate the claims brought by the Sentinel Trustee against the Company. There is no date set for the resolution of that motion.
 
The Company believes that the Court was correct in ordering the prior distributions and Penson Futures and PFFI intend to continue to vigorously defend their position. However, there can be no assurance that any actions by Penson Futures or PFFI will result in a limitation or avoidance of potential repayment liabilities. In the event that Penson Futures and PFFI are obligated to return all previously distributed funds to the Sentinel Estate, any losses the Company might suffer would most likely be partially mitigated as it is likely that Penson Futures and PFFI would share in the funds ultimately disbursed by the Sentinel Estate.
 
Various Claimants v. Penson Financial Services, Inc., et al. On July 18, 2006, three claimants filed separate arbitration claims with the NASD (which is now known as FINRA) against PFSI related to the sale of certain collateralized mortgage obligations by SAMCO Financial Services, Inc. (“SAMCO Financial”), a former correspondent of PFSI, to its customers. In the ensuing months, additional arbitration claims were filed against PFSI and certain of our directors and officers based upon substantially similar underlying facts. These claims generally allege, among other things, that SAMCO Financial, in its capacity as broker, and PFSI, in its capacity as the clearing broker, failed to adequately supervise certain registered representatives of SAMCO Financial, and otherwise acted improperly in connection with the sale of these securities during the time period from approximately June, 2004 to May, 2006. Claimants have generally requested compensation for losses incurred through the depreciation in market value or liquidation of the collateralized mortgage obligations, interest on any losses suffered, punitive damages, court costs and attorneys’ fees. In addition to the arbitration claims, on March 21, 2008, Ward Insurance Company, Inc., et al, filed a claim against PFSI and Roger J. Engemoen, Jr., the Company’s Chairman of the Board, in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego, Central District, based upon substantially similar facts. The Company has now settled, or agreed in principle to settle, all claims with respect to this matter of which the Company is aware. No further claims based on this matter are expected at this time.
 
Mr. Engemoen, the Company’s Chairman of the Board, is the Chairman of the Board, and beneficially owns approximately 52% of the outstanding stock, of SAMCO Holdings, Inc., the holding company of SAMCO Financial and SAMCO Capital Markets, Inc. (SAMCO Holdings, Inc. and its affiliated companies are referred to as the “SAMCO Entities”). Certain of the SAMCO Entities received certain assets from the Company when those assets were split-off immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering in 2006 (the “Split-Off”). In connection with the Split-Off and through contractual and other arrangements, certain of the SAMCO Entities have agreed to indemnify the Company and its affiliates against liabilities that were incurred by any of the SAMCO Entities in connection with the operation of their businesses, either prior to or following the Split-Off. During the third quarter of 2008, the Company’s management determined that, based on the financial condition of the SAMCO Entities, sufficient risk existed with respect to the indemnification protections to warrant a modification of these arrangements with the SAMCO Entities, as described below.
 
On November 5, 2008, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with certain of the SAMCO Entities pursuant to which the Company received a limited personal guaranty from Mr. Engemoen of certain of the indemnification obligations of various SAMCO Entities with respect to claims related to the underlying facts described above, and, in exchange, the Company agreed to limit the aggregate indemnification obligations of the SAMCO Entities with respect to certain matters described above to $2,965,243. Unpaid indemnification obligations of $800,000 were satisfied prior to February 15, 2009. Of the $800,000 obligation, $86,000 was satisfied through a setoff against an obligation owed to the SAMCO Entities by PFSI, with the balance paid in cash prior to December 31, 2009. Effective as of December 31, 2009, the Company and the SAMCO entities entered into an amendment to the settlement agreement, whereby SAMCO Holdings, Inc. agreed to pay an additional $133,333 on the last business day of each of the first six calendar months of 2010 (a total of $800,000). SAMCO Holdings, Inc. has fully satisfied its obligations under the amendment. The SAMCO Entities remain responsible for the payment of their own defense costs and any claims from any third parties not expressly released under the settlement agreement, irrespective of amounts paid to indemnify the Company. The settlement agreement only relates to the matters described above and does not alter the indemnification obligations of the SAMCO Entities with respect to unrelated matters.


42


Table of Contents

To account for liabilities related to the aforementioned claims that may be borne by the Company, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $2.35 million in the third quarter of 2008 and a $1.0 million in the second quarter of 2010. The Company does not anticipate further liabilities with respect to this matter.
 
Realtime Data, LLC d/b/a IXO v. Thomson Reuters et al. In July and August 2009, Realtime Data, LLC (“Realtime”) filed lawsuits against the Company and Nexa (along with numerous other financial institutions, exchanges, and financial data providers) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas in consolidated cases styled Realtime Data, LLC d/b/a IXO v. Thomson Reuters et al. Realtime alleges, among other things, that the defendants’ activities infringe upon patents allegedly owned by Realtime, including our use of certain types of data compression to transmit or receive market data. Realtime is seeking both damages for the alleged infringement as well as a permanent injunction enjoining the defendants from continuing infringing activity. Discovery with respect to this matter is proceeding.
 
A trial of Realtime’s claims is now tentatively scheduled for July 9, 2012. Based on its investigation to date and advice from legal counsel, the Company believes that resolution of these claims will not result in any material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, or results of operation. Nevertheless, the Company has incurred and will likely continue to incur significant expense in defending against these claims, and there can be no assurance that future liability will be avoided.
 
In the general course of business, the Company and certain of its officers have been named as defendants in other various pending lawsuits and arbitration and regulatory proceedings. These other claims allege violation of federal and state securities laws, among other matters. The Company believes that resolution of these claims will not result in any material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, or results of operation.
 
Item 4.   Reserved
 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market information
 
The common stock of the Company has been traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol PNSN since the Company’s initial public offering on May 16, 2006. Prior to that time there was no public market for the Company’s common stock or other securities.
 
The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices of our common stock, for the periods indicated.
 
                 
    Price Range
    High   Low
 
2010
               
Quarter ended March 31, 2010
  $ 10.48     $ 7.87  
Quarter ended June 30, 2010
  $ 10.42     $ 5.64  
Quarter ended September 30, 2010
  $ 5.95     $ 4.56  
Quarter ended December 31, 2010
  $ 5.40     $ 4.53  
2009
               
Quarter ended March 31, 2009
  $ 8.43     $ 4.02  
Quarter ended June 30, 2009
  $ 12.04     $ 6.73  
Quarter ended September 30, 2009
  $ 11.74     $ 8.37  
Quarter ended December 31, 2009
  $ 11.07     $ 8.56  


43


Table of Contents

Holders
 
No shares of the Company’s preferred stock are issued and outstanding. As of February 22, 2011, there were 48 holders of record of our common stock. By including persons holding shares in brokerage accounts under street names, however, we estimate our shareholder base to be approximately 2,673 as of February 22, 2011.
 
Dividend policy
 
We currently intend to retain any earnings to develop and expand our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination with respect to the payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, our operating results, financial condition and regulatory capital requirements, the terms of then-existing indebtedness, general business conditions and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant.
 
Our Board of Directors may, at any time, modify or revoke our dividend policy on our common stock.
 
Under Delaware law, our Board of Directors may declare dividends only to the extent of our “surplus” (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital), or if there is no surplus, out of our net profits for the then current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year. The value of a corporation’s assets can be measured in a number of ways and may not necessarily equal their book value. The value of our capital may be adjusted from time to time by our Board of Directors but in no event will be less than the aggregate par value of our issued stock. Our Board of Directors may base this determination on our consolidated financial statements, a fair valuation of our assets or another reasonable method. Our Board of Directors will seek to assure itself that the statutory requirements will be met before actually declaring dividends. In future periods, our Board of Directors may seek opinions from outside valuation firms to the effect that our solvency or assets are sufficient to allow payment of dividends, and such opinions may not be forthcoming. If we sought and were not able to obtain such an opinion, we likely would not be able to pay dividends. In addition, pursuant to the terms of our preferred stock (were any to be issued), we would be prohibited from paying a dividend on our common stock unless all payments due and payable under the preferred stock have been made.
 
PWI’s purchases of its equity securities
 
The following table sets forth the repurchases we made during the three months ended December 31, 2010 for shares withheld to cover tax-withholding requirements relating to the vesting of restricted stock units issued to employees pursuant to the Company’s shareholder-approved stock incentive plan:
 
                 
    Total Number
       
    of Shares
    Average Price
 
Period
  Repurchased     Paid per Share  
 
October
    7,449     $ 5.15  
November
    11,297       5.10  
December
    9,344       4.89  
                 
Total
    28,090     $ 5.05  
                 
 
On December 6, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized us to purchase up to $12.5 million of our common stock in open market purchases and privately negotiated transactions. The plan is set to expire after $12.5 million of our common stock is purchased. No shares were repurchased under this plan in the fourth quarter of 2010. The maximum number of shares that could have been purchased under this plan for the months of October, November and December 2010 was 910,417, 919,343 and 958,824 respectively based on the remaining dollar amount authorized divided by the average purchase price in the month.
 
Recent sales of unregistered securities
 
None.


44


Table of Contents

 
Stock Performance Graph
Cumulative Total Return to Stockholders
Penson Worldwide, Inc., NASDAQ Composite Index and NASDAQ Financial Stocks Index
% Return to Stockholders, May 16, 2006 to December 31, 2010
 
Total Return Performance
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
This comparison is based on a return assuming $100 invested May 16, 2006 in Penson Worldwide, Inc. Common Stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Financial Stocks Index, assuming the reinvestment of all dividends. May 16, 2006 is the date the Company’s Common Stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
The above Stock Performance Graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing.


45


Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
The following table sets forth summary consolidated financial data for our company for the periods indicated below. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three years ended December 31, 2010 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this document, and should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section below and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in this Annual Report on pages F-2 through F-39. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, all of which are set forth below, are based on the Company’s historical audited consolidated financial statements and the underlying accounting records.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
          (In thousands, except per share data)        
 
Consolidated statement of operations data:
                                       
Net revenues
  $ 288,348     $ 289,881     $ 293,170     $ 264,725     $ 198,189  
Total expenses
    317,564       264,045       276,521       222,767       160,611  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (29,216 )     25,836       16,649       41,958       37,578  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (9,369 )     9,825       5,993       15,125       13,299  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (19,847 )     16,011       10,656       26,833       24,279  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)
                            243  
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,847 )   $ 16,011     $ 10,656     $ 26,833     $ 24,522  
                                         
Earnings (loss) per share — basic
                                       
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ (.73 )   $ .63     $ .42     $ 1.02     $ 1.07  
Earnings per share from discontinued operations
                            0.01  
                                         
Earnings (loss) per share
  $ (.73 )   $ .63     $ .42     $ 1.02     $ 1.08  
                                         
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted
                                       
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ (.73 )   $ .63     $ .42     $ 1.00     $ 1.05  
Earnings per share from discontinued operations
                            0.01  
                                         
Earnings (loss) per share
  $ (.73 )   $ .63     $ .42     $ 1.00     $ 1.06  
                                         
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic and diluted
                                       
Basic
    27,034       25,373       25,217       26,232       22,689  
Diluted
    27,034       25,591       25,416       26,817       23,058  
 
 
(1) Concurrent with our public offering, we split off certain non-core business operations into SAMCO Holdings, a newly formed company which gives effect to a capital contribution to SAMCO in an amount equal to the difference between the net book value of the division to be split off, as of such date, and the value of the 1,041,667 shares of our common stock to be exchanged in the split off. Except as otherwise indicated, financial information presented sets forth the results of operations and balance sheet data of the entities split off as discontinued operations.
 


46


Table of Contents

                                         
    As of December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
    (In thousands)
 
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 138,614     $ 48,643     $ 38,825     $ 120,923     $ 103,054  
Total assets
    10,254,184       7,251,075       5,539,195       7,846,977       4,644,390  
Notes payable
    259,729       132,769       75,000       55,000       10,000  
Total stockholders’ equity
    300,921       298,902       264,467       265,428       211,784  
 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 6 “Selected Financial Data” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors including the risks discussed in Item 1A “Risk Factors”, “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.
 
Market and Economic Conditions in 2010
 
Much of the economic uncertainty of 2008 and 2009 continued to have an effect on the securities and credit markets in 2010.
 
  •  The Federal Reserve maintained its low interest rate policy, setting the targeted federal funds rate at 0.25%. In 2008, the targeted federal funds rate fell from an average of 3.22% in the first quarter to an average of 1.06% in the fourth quarter, averaging 2.09% for the year. Since then, it has remained at 0.25%.
 
  •  After rising 7% from year end 2009, to a first half high of 11,205 in April 2010, the Dow Jones Industrial Average fell 14%, to the year’s low of 9,686 in July 2010, and then rebounded 20%, to a high for the year of 11,585 at December 29, 2010. For the year, the Dow increased 11%.
 
  •  Average daily volume in equities in the US fell 5% during 2010, to 8.1 billion shares, from 8.5 billion shares in 2009, largely due to the aftermath of the May 6, 2010 “Flash Crash.” This event caused the Dow Jones Industrial Average to plunge over 900 points and then rapidly rebound. From that day through August 2010, investors withdrew nearly $57 billion from US stock mutual funds, the most during any four-month period since 2008, according to the Investment Company Institute. Third quarter 2010 average daily trading volumes declined 27% as compared to the second quarter 2010 and 19% relative to the third quarter of 2009.
 
  •  The Chicago Board Options Exchange Volatility Index (“VIX”), a popular measure of implied stock market volatility, fell 16% to a three-year low of 17.4 in April 2010 from 21.2 in December 2009. It increased 80% to the year’s high of 31.9 in May 2010 following the May 6th “Flash Crash,” and then steadily declining 45% to 17.6 in December 2010.
 
  •  Short interest activity declined modestly in 2010. The average number of shares sold short among New York Stock Exchange listed companies fell 1%, to 13.8 billion in 2010, from 14.0 billion in 2009.
 
  •  Margin debt rebounded. Aggregate debits in securities margin accounts of New York Stock Exchange member organizations increased 24%, to an average of $249.3 billion in 2010, from $200.4 billion in 2009.
 
  •  In July, the Dodd-Frank Act became effective. While it did not include any specific provisions aimed at the clearing industry, it is generally believed that when the final rules are determined by the various regulatory agencies, there will be a broad impact on the securities industry.
 
  •  Congress passed, and the President signed, the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of 2010, extending most of the existing tax cuts, including those on dividends and capital gains, for another two years.

47


Table of Contents

 
Market and Economic Conditions in 2009
 
The financial crisis of 2008 continued to have an effect on the securities and credit markets in 2009.
 
  •  The Federal Reserve maintained its low interest rate policy. For all of 2009, the targeted federal funds rate was set at 0.25%. In 2008, the targeted federal funds rate fell from an average of 3.22% in the first quarter to an average of 1.06% in the fourth quarter, averaging 2.09% for the year.
 
  •  After falling 25% from year end 2008, to a low of 6,547 in early March 2009, the Dow Jones Industrial Average rebounded 61%, to end 2009 at 10,428.
 
  •  The VIX, the ticker symbol for the Chicago Board Options Exchange Volatility Index, a popular measure of implied stock market volatility, fell fairly steadily. In December 2009, it averaged 21, down 60% from 52 in December 2008.
 
  •  Short interest declined. The average number of shorted shares of New York Stock Exchange listed companies fell 7%, to 14.5 billion in 2009, from 15.6 billion in 2008.
 
  •  Margin debt fell. Aggregate debits in securities margin accounts of New York Stock Exchange member organizations declined 30%, to $200.4 billion in 2009, from $285.2 billion in 2008.
 
  •  There were no major regulatory changes that broadly affected the securities industry in 2009. However, government and regulatory officials in the U.S. did discuss increased restrictions on shorting stocks and sponsored access, and taxing securities transactions as well as raising taxes on capital gains.
 
Market and Economic Conditions in 2008
 
During 2008, financial and credit market dislocations, and the recession, caused increased volatility and rapid changes among a wide variety of financial indicators and markets:
 
  •  The Federal Reserve lowered the targeted federal funds rate by approximately 400 basis points to approximately .25% at December 31, 2008 from 4.25% at December 31, 2007.
 
  •  The VIX, the ticker symbol for the Chicago Board Options Exchange Volatility Index, a popular measure of implied stock market volatility, reached an intraday high of more than 89 in October 2008, versus an average of about 19 since 1990.
 
  •  In September and October of 2008, the U.S., U.K. and other countries implemented a series of temporary and other, more lasting restrictions on the short sales of shares of financial service companies.
 
  •  New York Stock Exchange short interest, which, as a percentage of total shares outstanding at month end, reached a high of 4.86 in July 2008, an increase of 43% from December 2007, and, following the implemented restrictions, declined 26%, to 3.59 in December 2008.
 
  •  The Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 8,778 on December 31, 2008, having previously reached a low of 7,392 in November 2008, from a high for the year of 13,338 in January 2008.
 
  •  Consolidated NASDAQ trading volume increased 47%, to 2.3 trillion shares in 2008, from 1.5 trillion shares in 2007.
 
  •  Margin debt on NYSE stocks declined 42%, to $187 billion in December 2008, from $323 billion in December 2007.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading provider of a broad range of critical securities and futures processing infrastructure products and services to the global financial services industry. Our products and services include securities and futures clearing and execution, financing and cash management technology, foreign exchange services and other related offerings, and we provide tools and services to support trading in multiple markets, asset classes and currencies.


48


Table of Contents

Since starting our business in 1995 with three correspondents, we have grown to serve approximately 371 active securities clearing correspondents and 59 futures clearing correspondents as of December 31, 2010. Our net revenues were approximately $288.3 million in 2010, $289.9 million in 2009 and $293.2 million in 2008, and consist primarily of transaction processing fees earned from our clearing operations and net interest income earned from our margin lending activities, from investing customers’ cash and from stock lending activities. Our clearing and commission fees are based principally on the number of trades we clear. We receive interest income from financing the securities purchased on margin by the customers of our correspondents. We also earn licensing and development revenues from fees we charge to our clients for their use of our technology solutions.
 
Fiscal 2010 Highlights
 
  •  On June 25, 2010, we closed our acquisition of the clearing and execution services business of Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc.
 
  •  On May 6, 2010, we sold $200 million 12.5% senior second lien secured notes due May 15, 2017.
 
  •  On May 6, 2010, we signed a new three-year $75 million revolving credit facility. We signed an amendment to the credit facility on October 29, 2010, which revised certain financial covenants and provided additional availability of funds under the facility.
 
  •  We increased our correspondent count to 430 as of December 31, 2010.
 
  •  Our interest earning average daily balances reached a record $8.1 billion for the three months ended December 31, 2010.
 
  •  As of December 31, 2010, our PFSA subsidiary which began clearing operations in December 2009, had 48 correspondents and was profitable for the fourth quarter of 2010.
 
Acquisition of Ridge
 
On November 2, 2009, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement (“Ridge APA”) to acquire the clearing and execution business of Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc. (“Ridge”) from Ridge and Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”), Ridge’s parent company. The acquisition closed on June 25, 2010, and under the terms of the Ridge APA, as later amended, the Company paid $35.2 million. The acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred was $31.9 million, consisting of 2.5 million shares of PWI common stock with a fair value of $14.6 million (based on our closing share price of $5.95 on that date) and a $20.6 million five-year subordinated note (the “Ridge Seller Note”) with an estimated fair value of $17.3 million on that date (see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the Ridge Seller Note discount), payable by the Company bearing interest at an annual rate equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 5.5%.
 
The Company recorded a liability of $4.1 million attributable to the estimated fair value of contingent consideration to be paid 14 months and 19 months after closing (subject to extension in the event the dispute resolution procedures set forth in the Ridge APA are invoked). The amount of contingent consideration ultimately payable will be added to the Ridge Seller Note. The contingent consideration is primarily composed of two categories. The first category includes a group of correspondents that had not generated at least six months of revenue as of May 31, 2010 (“Stub Period Correspondents”). Twelve months after closing a calculation will be performed to adjust the estimated annualized revenues as of May 31, 2010 to the actual annualized revenues based on a six-month review period as defined in the Ridge APA (“Stub Period Revenues”). The Ridge Seller Note will be adjusted 14 months after closing based on .9 times the difference between the estimated and actual annualized revenues. As of December 31, 2010 all of the correspondents in this category had generated at least six months of revenues. The Company reduced its contingent consideration liability by $.3 million, which is included in other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. The second category includes a group of correspondents that had not yet begun generating revenues (“Non-revenue Correspondents”) as of May 31, 2010. A calculation will be performed 15 months after closing to determine the annualized revenues, based on a six-month review period, for each such non revenue correspondent (“Non-revenue Correspondent Revenues”). The Ridge Seller Note will be adjusted 19 months after closing by an amount equal to .9 times the Non-


49


Table of Contents

revenue Correspondent Revenues. The estimated undiscounted range of outcomes for this category is $4.0 million to $5.0 million. There is no limit to the consideration to be paid.
 
The Company recorded goodwill of $15.9 million, intangibles of $20.1 million and a discount on the Ridge Seller Note of $3.3 million. The qualitative factors that make up the recorded goodwill include value associated with an assembled workforce, value attributable to enhanced revenues related to various products and services offered by the Company and synergies associated with cost reductions from the elimination of certain fixed costs as well as economies of scale resulting from the additional correspondents. The goodwill is included in the United States segment. A portion of the recorded goodwill associated with the contingent consideration may not be deductible for tax purposes if future payments are less than the $4.1 million initially recorded. The tax goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes over a period of 15 years. The Company has incurred acquisition related costs of approximately $5.3 million with $3.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively recognized in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Net revenues of $26.4 million and net income of approximately $1.5 million from Ridge were included in the consolidated statement of operations as of the date of the acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company estimates that net revenues would have been $312.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively compared to $337.2 million and $345.8 million, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and net income (loss) would have been $(19.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $17.3 million and $12.8 million, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 had the acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2008.
 
Acquisition of FCG
 
In November 2007, our subsidiary Penson Futures acquired all of the assets of FCG, an FCM and a leading provider of technology products and services to futures traders, and assigned the purchased membership interest to GHP1 effective immediately thereafter. We closed the transaction in November, 2007 and paid approximately $9.4 million in cash and approximately 150,000 shares of common stock valued at approximately $2.2 million to the previous owners of FCG. In addition, the Company agreed to pay an annual earnout in cash for the following three-year period based on average net income, subject to certain adjustments including cost of capital, for the acquired business. The Company paid approximately $8.7 million related to the first year of the earnout period. The Company did not make an earnout payment related to the second or third year of the earnout period. The Company finalized the acquisition valuation during the third quarter of 2008 and recorded goodwill of approximately $4.0 million and intangibles of approximately $7.6 million. FCG currently conducts business as a division of Penson Futures.
 
Acquisition of GHCO
 
In November 2006, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the partnership interests of Chicago-based GHCO, a leading international futures clearing and execution firm. The Company closed the transaction on February 16, 2007 and paid approximately $27.9 million, including cash and approximately 139,000 shares of common stock valued at approximately $3.9 million to the previous owners of GHCO. Goodwill of approximately $2.8 million and intangibles of approximately $1.0 million were recorded in connection with the acquisition. In addition, the Company agreed to pay additional consideration in the form of an earnout over the next three years, in an amount equal to 25% of Penson Futures’ pre-tax earnings, as defined in the purchase agreement executed with the previous owners of GHCO. The Company did not make an earnout payment related to the first or second years of the integrated Penson Futures business. The Company paid approximately $1.1 million related to the third year of the earnout in July 2010.
 
Acquisition of Schonfeld
 
In November 2006, the Company acquired the clearing business of Schonfeld Securities LLC (“Schonfeld”), a New York-based securities firm. The Company closed the transaction in November 2006 and in January 2007, the Company issued approximately 1.1 million shares of common stock valued at approximately $28.3 million to the previous owners of Schonfeld as partial consideration for the assets acquired of which approximately $14.8 million was recorded as goodwill and approximately $13.5 million as intangibles. In addition, the Company agreed to pay an annual earnout of stock and cash over a four-year period that commenced on June 1, 2007, based on net income,


50


Table of Contents

as defined in the asset purchase agreement (“Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement”), for the acquired business. On April 22, 2010, SAI and PFSI entered into a letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) with Schonfeld Group Holdings LLC (“SGH”), Schonfeld, and Opus Trading Fund LLC (“Opus”) that amends and clarifies certain terms of the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement. The Letter Agreement, among other things, for purpose of determining the total payment due to Schonfeld under the earnout provision of the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement: (i) removes the payment cap; (ii) clarifies that PFSI has no obligation to compress tickets across subaccounts (unless PFSI does so for other of its correspondents at a later date); and (iii) reduces the SunGard synergy credit from $2.9 million to $1.5 million in 2010 and $1.0 million in 2011. The Letter Agreement also assigns all of Schonfeld’s responsibilities under the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement to its parent company, SGH, and extends the initial term of Opus’s portfolio margining agreement with PFSI from April 30, 2017 to April 30, 2019.
 
A payment of approximately $26.6 million was paid in connection with the first year earnout that ended May 31, 2008 and approximately $25.5 million was paid in connection with the second year of the earnout that ended May 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, a liability of approximately $20.5 million was accrued as result of the third year of the earnout ended May 31, 2010 ($15.2 million) and the first seven months of the year four earnout, which we do not expect to pay prior to the second half of 2011 ($5.3 million). This balance is included in other liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The offset of this liability, goodwill, is included in other assets. In January, 2011, the Company and SGH entered into a letter agreement setting the amount due for the third year earnout at $6.0 million due to the provisions in various agreements related to the Schonfeld transaction, including the termination/compensation agreement, which reduced the amount that we are required to pay under the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement. This will result in a reduction in goodwill and other liabilities of $9.2 million in the first quarter of 2011. The letter agreement also stipulated that the third year earnout will be paid evenly over a 12 month period commencing on September 1, 2011.
 
Financial overview
 
Net revenues
 
Revenues
 
We generate revenues from most clients in several different categories. Clients generating revenues for us from clearing transactions almost always also generate significant interest income from related balances. Revenues from clearing transactions are driven largely by the volume of trading activities of the customers of our correspondents and proprietary trading by our correspondents. Our average clearing revenue per trade is a function of numerous pricing elements that vary based on individual correspondent volumes, customer mix, and the level of margin debit balances and credit balances. Our clearing revenue fluctuates as a result of these factors as well as changes in trading volume. We focus on maintaining the profitability of our overall correspondent relationships, including the clearing revenue from trades and net interest from related customer margin balances, and by reducing associated variable costs. We collect the fees for our services directly from customer accounts when trades are processed. We only remit commissions charged by our correspondents to them after deducting our charges.
 
We often refer to our interest income as “Interest, gross” to distinguish this category of revenue from “Interest, net” that is generally used in our industry. Interest, gross is generated by charges to customers or correspondents on margin balances and interest earned by investing customers’ cash, and therefore these revenues fluctuate based on the volume of our total margin loans outstanding, the volume of the cash balances we hold for our correspondents’ customers, the rates of interest we can competitively charge on margin loans and the rates at which we can invest such balances. We also earn interest from our stock borrowing and lending activities.
 
Technology revenues consist of transactional, development and licensing revenues generated by Nexa. A significant portion of these revenues are collected directly from clearing customers along with other charges for clearing services as described above. Most development revenues and some transaction revenues are collected directly from clients and are reflected as receivables until they are collected.
 
Other revenues include charges assessed directly to customers for certain transactions or types of accounts, trade aggregation and profits from proprietary trading activities, including foreign exchange transactions and fees charged to our correspondents’ customers. Subject to certain exceptions, our clearing brokers in the U.S., Canada, the U.K. and Australia each generate these types of transactions.


51


Table of Contents

Revenues from clearing and commission fees represented 53%, 50% and 51% of our total net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Interest expense from securities operations
 
Interest expense is incurred in our daily operations in connection with interest we pay on credit balances we hold and on short-term borrowings we enter into to fund activities of our correspondents and their customers. We have two primary sources of borrowing: commercial banks and stock lending institutions. Regulations differ by country as to how operational needs can be funded, but we often find that stock loans that are secured with customer or correspondent securities as collateral can be obtained at a lower rate of interest than loans from commercial banks. Operationally, we review cash requirements each day and borrow the requirements from the most cost effective source.
 
Net interest income represented 24%, 23% and 26% of our total net revenues for years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Expenses
 
Employee compensation and benefits
 
Our largest category of expense is the compensation and benefits that we pay to our employees, which includes salaries, bonuses, group insurance, contributions to benefit programs, stock compensation and other related employee costs. These costs vary by country according to the local prevailing wage standards. We utilize technology whenever practical to limit the number of employees and thus keep costs competitive. In the U.S., a majority of our employees are located in cities where employee costs are lower than where our largest competitors primarily operate. A portion of total employee compensation is paid in the form of bonuses and performance-based compensation. As a result, depending on the performance of particular business units and the overall Company performance, total employee compensation and benefits could vary materially from period to period.
 
Other operating expenses
 
Expenses incurred to process trades include floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, and those expenses tend to vary significantly with the level of trading activity. The related data processing and communication costs vary less with the level of trading activity. Occupancy and equipment expenses include lease expenses for office space, computers and other equipment that we require to operate our businesses. Other expenses include legal, regulatory, professional consulting, accounting, travel and miscellaneous expenses. In addition, as a public company, we incur additional costs for external advisers such as legal, accounting, auditing and investor relations services.
 
Profitability of services provided
 
Management records revenue for the clearing operations and technology business separately. We record expenses in the aggregate as many of these expenses are attributable to multiple business activities. As such, net profitability before tax is determined in the aggregate. We also separately record interest income and interest expense to determine the overall profitability of this activity.


52


Table of Contents

Results of operations
 
The following table summarizes our operating results as a percentage of net revenues for each of the periods shown.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Revenues:
                       
Clearing and commission fees
    53 %     50 %     51 %
Technology
    7 %     8 %     8 %
Interest, gross
    32 %     35 %     57 %
Other revenues
    16 %     19 %     15 %
                         
Total revenues
    108 %     112 %     131 %
                         
Interest expense from securities operations
    8 %     12 %     31 %
                         
Net revenues
    100 %     100 %     100 %
Expenses:
                       
Employee compensation and benefits
    41 %     39 %     39 %
Floor brokerage exchange and clearance fees
    14 %     11 %     9 %
Communications and data processing
    21 %     16 %     13 %
Occupancy and equipment
    11 %     10 %     10 %
Correspondent asset loss
                9 %
Other expenses
    12 %     11 %     13 %
Interest expense on long-term debt
    11 %     4 %     1 %
                         
Total expenses
    110 %     91 %     94 %
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (10 )%     9 %     6 %
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (3 )%     3 %     2 %
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (7 )%     6 %     4 %
                         
 
Comparison of years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009
 
Overview
 
Results of operations declined for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Clearing and commission fees increased $8.1 million and net interest revenues increased $2.6 million while technology revenues decreased $3.4 million and other revenues decreased $8.9 million. The addition of the Ridge business in June 2010 resulted in higher clearing and commission fees of $16.2 million and higher net interest revenues of $7.1 million resulting in decreases to both revenue categories when compared to our existing business in 2009. The decline in clearing and commission fees resulted from weaker equity and options volumes in the U.S. and Canada. These declines were offset by higher futures volumes and higher equity volumes in the U.K. and the addition of PFSA, our Australian clearing business which began clearing for its first correspondent in December 2009. The volume declines followed the trend across the industry with equity average daily volumes in the U.S. down over 12% and options average daily volumes down over 8%. The decline in net interest revenues is primarily attributed to lower net spreads which were offset in part by higher average balances. We also incurred higher operating expenses, primarily in employee compensation and benefits, communications and data processing, floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees and interest expense on long-term debt. These higher costs are attributable to the aforementioned Ridge acquisition, $6.1 million in severance charges and higher levels of long-term debt associated with the $200 million debt offering completed in the second quarter of 2010 and the $20.6 million Ridge Seller Note offset by a $110 million reduction in our revolving credit facility during the second quarter 2010 ($88.5 million as of December 31, 2009).


53


Table of Contents

Operating results declined $35.4 million for 2010 as compared to 2009, for our U.S., Canadian and U.K. operating businesses. Our U.S. operating subsidiaries experienced a decrease in operating profits of approximately $25.8 million due to lower net interest income, lower technology revenues, higher expenses related to communications and data processing, floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees due to lower industry rebates and higher interest expense on long-term debt. Our Canadian business experienced an operating profit of $2.0 million for 2010 compared to an operating profit of $10.4 million for 2009 due primarily to lower clearing and commission fees due to lower equity volumes from the loss of a major correspondent as well as its conversion to the Broadridge system which impacted the addition of new business. The U.K. business incurred an operating loss of $8.2 million in the current year compared to an operating loss of $7.1 million in the prior year due primarily to higher operating expenses. PFSA incurred an operating loss of approximately $2.7 million in 2010 compared to an operating loss of $1.4 million in 2009. PFSA began clearing operations for its first correspondent in December, 2009 and became profitable in the fourth quarter of 2010.
 
The above factors resulted in an operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to an operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
The following is a summary of the increases (decreases) in the categories of net revenues and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
                 
          %
 
    Change
    Change from
 
    Amount     Previous Year  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenues:
               
Clearing and commission fees
  $ 8,143       5.6  
Technology
    (3,374 )     (14.2 )
Interest:
               
Interest on asset based balances
    4,396       6.0  
Interest on conduit borrows
    (14,382 )     (57.4 )
Money market
    535       23.1  
                 
Interest, gross
    (9,451 )     (9.4 )
Other revenue
    (8,861 )     (16.1 )
                 
Total revenues
    (13,543 )     (4.2 )
                 
Interest expense:
               
Interest expense on liability based balances
    (464 )     (3.0 )
Interest on conduit loans
    (11,546 )     (61.5 )
                 
Interest expense from securities operations
    (12,010 )     (35.0 )
                 
Net revenues
    (1,533 )     (.5 )
                 
Expenses:
               
Employee compensation and benefits
    6,648       5.9  
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
    7,977       24.6  
Communications and data processing
    14,826       32.6  
Occupancy and equipment
    2,774       9.4  
Other expenses
    809       2.4  
Interest expense on long-term debt
    20,485       198.0  
                 
      53,519       20.3  


54


Table of Contents

Net revenues
 
Net revenues decreased $1.5 million, or .5%, to $288.3 million from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease is primarily attributed to the following:
 
Clearing and commission fees increased approximately $8.1 million, or 5.6%, to $153.2 million during this same period. This increase is attributable to clearing and commission fees of approximately $16.2 million related to the Ridge acquisition, approximately $6.2 million from PFSA which began clearing in December 2009, approximately $3.8 million from our futures business and $.2 million in the U.K offset by a decrease of approximately $10.1 million associated with our existing securities clearing businesses in the U.S and $8.5 million in Canada. The increase in clearing and commission fees in our futures business is attributable to higher futures volumes. The decrease in clearing and commission fees is primarily due to lower equity volumes in Canada from the loss of a major Canadian correspondent and lower equity and option volumes in the U.S during the second half of 2010.
 
Technology revenue decreased $3.4 million, or 14.2%, to $20.4 million due to lower licensing fees of approximately $2.6 million due to the expiration of a licensing contract, lower development revenues of approximately $.5 million and lower recurring revenues of approximately $.3 million.
 
Interest, gross decreased $9.5 million or 9.4%, to $90.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Interest revenues from customer balances increased $4.9 million or 6.6% to $80.1 million due to an increase in our average daily interest earning assets of $1.6 billion or 30.6% to $6.7 billion offset by a decrease in our average daily interest rate of 27 basis points or 19.0% to 1.15%.
 
Interest from our stock conduit borrows operations decreased $14.4 million or 57.4% to $10.7 million, as a result of a decrease in our average daily interest rate of 221 basis points or 55.1% to 1.80% and a decrease in our average daily assets of approximately $31.6 million, or 5.0% to $593.4 million.
 
Other revenue decreased $8.9 million, or 16.1%, to $46.2 million primarily due to decreases in execution services revenues of $4.3 million and $1.8 million decrease in our trade aggregation business resulting from lower volumes, a decrease of approximately $4.1 million in equity and foreign exchange trading as well as a $4.8 million of investment income in 2009 related to the sale of LCH.Clearnet stock offset primarily by increased account servicing fees of approximately $6.6 million.
 
Interest expense from securities operations decreased $12.0 million, or 35.0%, to $22.3 million from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010. Interest expense from clearing operations decreased approximately $.5 million, or 3.0%, to $15.0 million due to a 9 basis point or 26.5% decrease in our average daily interest rate to .25% offset by an increase in our average daily balances on our short-term obligations of $1.5 billion, or 32.6%, to $6.1 billion.
 
Interest from our stock conduit loans decreased $11.5 million, or 61.5% to $7.2 million due to a 179 basis point decrease, or 59.5% in our average daily interest rate to 1.22% and a $30.3 million, or 4.9% decrease in our average daily balances to $592.7 million.
 
Interest, net increased from $65.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $68.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was due to higher customer balances attributable to our Ridge acquisition as well a higher correspondent count from our existing businesses offset by a lower interest rate spread of 18 basis points on customer balances and 42 basis points on conduit balances as well as slightly lower conduit balances.
 
Employee compensation and benefits
 
Total employee costs increased $6.6 million, or 5.9%, to $119.7 million from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to severance charges of approximately $6.1 million and $.9 million of costs related to future outsourcing resulting from our recent Ridge acquisition (see Note 28 to our consolidated financial statements) and a program to reduce overhead as a result of the current market environment, $2.6 million associated with our PFSA subsidiary and $1.8 million associated with the Ridge acquisition offset by lower incentive-based compensation expense of approximately $1.7 million and lower continuing employee costs from a lower headcount. Employee headcount decreased by 46 as a result of reductions in force offset by increases in headcount at PFSA of 11 and 30 employees associated with the Ridge acquisition. Employee headcount was 985 as of December 31, 2010.


55


Table of Contents

Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
 
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees increased $8.0 million, or 24.6%, to $40.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from the year ended December 31, 2009, due to higher equity, options and futures volumes, a change in mix, lower industry rebates and the addition of the Ridge business and PFSA.
 
Communication and data processing
 
Total expenses for our communication and data processing requirements increased $14.8 million, or 32.6%, to $60.3 million from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010 due primarily to the addition of the Ridge business on June 25, 2010 and PFSA which began clearing operations in December 2009.
 
Occupancy and equipment
 
Total expenses for occupancy and equipment increased $2.8 million, or 9.4%, to $32.2 million from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to increased software amortization attributable to new computer systems and the addition of the Ridge business and PFSA.
 
Other expenses
 
Other expenses increased $.8 million, or 2.4%, to $34.2 million from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to $3.0 million of costs associated with the closing of the Ridge acquisition compared to $1.4 million in 2009, $1.1 million in higher legal expenses incurred to conclude certain outstanding litigation, higher professional fees associated with our Broadridge conversion and the addition of our PFSA subsidiary, offset by lower expense controls in all other categories.
 
Interest expense on long-term debt
 
Interest expense on long-term debt increased $20.5 million from $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $30.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 resulting primarily from approximately $17.0 million associated with our senior second lien secured notes issued on May 6, 2010, $3.4 million of additional interest expense associated with our senior convertible notes issued on June 3, 2009, $.9 million related to the Ridge Seller Note offset by approximately $.9 million lower interest costs on our revolving credit facility. These higher interest costs are associated with higher interest rates and higher average balances as compared to the prior year.
 
Provision for income taxes
 
Income tax benefit, based on an effective income tax rate of approximately 32.1%, was $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to an effective tax rate of 38.0% and income tax expense of $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The lower effective income tax rate is primarily due to current period losses and items deducted for books that are not deductible for tax primarily attributable to stock-based compensation that create additional taxable income.
 
Net income (loss)
 
As a result of the foregoing, we incurred a net loss of $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to net income of $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Comparison of years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
 
Overview
 
Results of operations declined for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily due to lower clearing and commission fees, lower net interest revenue, higher floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees due to the timing of rebates received in the prior year and higher communications and data processing fees resulting from a move to SunGard’s latest generation system consisting of equipment dedicated to our U.S. clearing business, partially offset by higher technology and other revenues. Technology revenues increased


56


Table of Contents

due to licensing revenue for the current year that did not begin until the third quarter of 2008. The decline in net interest earned is a result of higher customer average paying balances, lower average balances in our conduit business and lower interest spreads on our customer balances in the current period as compared to the year ago period, offset slightly by higher interest rate spreads on our conduit business and higher customer average earning balances. Results of operations from our U.S., Canadian and U.K. operating businesses were $69.5 million in 2009 as compared to $49.6 million in 2008. This increase was a result of the correspondent asset loss related to the unsecured receivable from Evergreen Capital Partners, Inc. in 2008 (see Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements).
 
Our U.S. operating subsidiaries experienced an increase in operating profits of approximately $4.3 million due primarily to higher other revenues and higher technology revenue offset by lower net interest income, higher floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees and higher communications and data processing costs. Our Canadian business experienced an operating profit of $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to an operating loss of $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase is primarily due to the previously mentioned correspondent asset loss in 2008, offset by lower net interest income and higher floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees. The U.K. incurred an operating loss of $7.1 million in the current period compared to an operating loss of $2.7 million in the year ago period, due primarily to the loss of the contracts for difference business, lower net interest income and additional data processing expenses of approximately $1 million related to the transition to a new back office system.
 
The above factors resulted in higher operating income for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The following is a summary of the increases (decreases) in the categories of net revenues and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
                 
          %
 
    Change
    Change from
 
    Amount     Previous Year  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenues:
               
Clearing and commission fees
  $ (5,509 )     (3.7 )
Technology
    1,602       7.2  
Interest:
               
Interest on asset based balances
    (36,723 )     (33.5 )
Interest on conduit borrows
    (24,410 )     (49.3 )
Money market
    (4,405 )     (65.5 )
                 
Interest, gross
    (65,538 )     (39.5 )
Other revenue
    9,736       21.5  
                 
Total revenues
    (59,709 )     (15.6 )
Interest expense:
               
Interest expense on liability based balances
    (36,295 )     (70.1 )
Interest on conduit loans
    (20,125 )     (51.7 )
                 
Interest expense from securities operations
    (56,420 )     (62.2 )
                 
Net revenues
    (3,289 )     (1.1 )
                 
Expenses:
               
Employee compensation and benefits
    (614 )     (0.5 )
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
    6,267       24.0  
Communications and data processing
    6,176       15.7  
Occupancy and equipment
    530       1.8  
Vendor related asset impairment
    (3 )     (0.4 )
Correspondent asset loss
    (26,421 )     (100.0 )
Other expenses
    (4,901 )     (13.1 )
Interest expense on long-term debt
    6,490       168.4  
                 
      (12,476 )     (4.5 )
                 


57


Table of Contents

Net revenues
 
Net revenues decreased $3.3 million, or 1.1%, to $289.9 million from the year ended December 31, 2008 to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease is primarily attributed to the following:
 
Clearing and commission fees decreased $5.5 million, or 3.7%, to $145.0 million during this same period primarily due to a lower volume of equity and futures transactions, partially offset by an increase in options contracts.
 
Technology revenue increased $1.6 million, or 7.2%, to $23.8 million primarily due to approximately $.6 million in licensing revenue and higher recurring revenue of $3.2 million, offset by lower development revenue of $2.2 million resulting from a decline in new projects resulting from the current economic conditions.
 
Interest, gross decreased $65.5 million or 39.5%, to $100.2 million in 2009 compared to 2008. Interest revenues from customer balances decreased $41.1 million or 35.4% to $75.2 million as our average daily interest rate decreased 98 basis points or 40.8% to 1.42% (during this same period the average federal funds rate decreased 184 basis points) offset by an increase in our average daily interest earning assets of $552.6 million, or 12.1% to $5.1 billion.
 
Interest from our stock conduit borrows operations decreased $24.4 million or 49.3% to $25.1 million, due to decrease in our average daily assets of $842.5 million or 57.4% to $625.0 million, offset by an increase in our average daily interest rate of approximately 64 basis points, or 19.0% to 4.01%.
 
Other revenue increased $9.7 million, or 21.5%, to $55.1 million due to increased revenues of $1.0 million from our trade aggregation business in the U.S, increased execution services revenues of $5.1 million and investment income of $4.8 million related to the sale of LCH.Clearnet stock obtained as part of the February 2007 GHCO acquisition, offset by decreases in foreign exchange trading.
 
Interest expense from securities operations decreased $56.4 million, or 62.2%, to $34.3 million from the year ended December 31, 2008 to the year ended December 31, 2009. Interest expense from clearing operations decreased approximately $36.3 million, or 70.1%, to $15.5 million due to a 99 basis point or 74.4% decrease in our average daily interest rate to .34%, offset by an increase in our average daily balances of our short-term obligations of $724.4 million, or 18.7%, to $4.6 billion.
 
Interest from our stock conduit loans decreased $20.1 million, or 51.7% to $18.8 million due to a $835.4 million, or 57.3% decrease in our average daily balances to $623.0 million, offset by a 34 basis point increase, or 12.7% in our average daily interest rate to 3.01%.
 
Interest, net decreased from $75.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $65.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was due to a higher ratio of customer interest paying balances to interest earning balances combined with significantly lower conduit balances, offset slightly by a higher interest rate spread of one basis point on customer balances and 30 basis points on conduit balances.
 
Employee compensation and benefits
 
Total employee costs decreased $0.6 million, or 0.5%, to $113.1 million from the year ended December 31, 2008 to the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to lower incentive-based compensation expense, partially offset by $.8 million of severance costs in the first quarter. Employee count remained fairly constant, decreasing slightly to 1,031 as of December 31, 2009 from 1,058 at December 31, 2008.
 
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
 
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees increased $6.3 million, or 24.0% to $32.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to lower industry rebates received in 2009 as compared to 2008. These expenses also reflected increased fees due to higher option volumes, offset in part by lower futures volumes.


58


Table of Contents

Communications and data processing
 
Total expenses for our communication and data processing requirements increased $6.2 million, or 15.7%, to $45.4 million from the year ended December 31, 2008 to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase reflects costs associated with additional data processing capacity resulting from a move to SunGard’s latest generation system consisting of equipment dedicated to our U.S. clearing business and approximately $1 million related to the transition to a new back office system.
 
Occupancy and equipment
 
Total expenses for occupancy and equipment increased $0.5 million, or 1.8%, to $29.4 million from the year ended December 31, 2008 to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is primarily related to increased rental expense associated with our occupancy leases.
 
Correspondent asset loss
 
In the fourth quarter of 2008 the Company recorded a charge of approximately $26.4 million, net of estimated recoveries and professional fees related to nonpayment of an unsecured receivable as a result of a number of transactions involving listed Canadian equity securities by Evergreen Capital Partners, Inc. See Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements.
 
PFSC has now obtained from Evergreen’s bankruptcy estate an assignment of Evergreen’s claims against certain of Evergreen’s customers, and in June, 2009, PFSC commenced legal proceedings against, among others, those customers of Evergreen in an attempt to recover lost funds.
 
Other expenses
 
Other expenses decreased $4.9 million, or 13.1%, to $32.5 million from the year ended December 31, 2008 to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease relates to the $2.4 million litigation charge recorded in the quarter ended September 30, 2008 (see Part I, Item 3. Legal Proceedings) as well as lower travel expenses, legal and consulting fees.
 
Interest expense on long-term debt
 
Interest expense on long-term debt increased $6.5 million, from $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as a result of additional interest expense of approximately $4.4 million associated with our senior convertible notes issued on June 3, 2009 ($2.8 million cash interest) and higher interest expense on our revolving credit facility due to higher interest rates and higher average balances.
 
Income tax expense
 
Income tax expense, based on an effective income tax rate of approximately 38.0%, was $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to an effective tax rate of 36.0% and income tax expense of $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase is attributable to a higher operating profit in the current year combined with a higher effective tax rate. The higher effective tax rate is primarily attributable to international trade tax credits in Canada in the prior year offset by a lower ratio of state and local taxes.
 
Net income
 
As a result of the foregoing, net income increased to $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Liquidity and capital resources
 
Operating Liquidity — Our clearing broker-dealer subsidiaries typically finance their operating liquidity needs through secured bank lines of credit and through secured borrowings from stock lending counterparties in the


59


Table of Contents

securities business, which we refer to as “stock loans.” Most of our borrowings are driven by the activities of our clients or correspondents, primarily the purchase of securities on margin by those parties. As of December 31, 2010, we had seven uncommitted lines of credit with seven financial institutions for the purpose of facilitating our clearing business as well as the activities of our customers and correspondents. Five of these lines of credit permitted us to borrow up to an aggregate of approximately $325.4 million while two lines had no stated limit. As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $338.1 million in short-term bank loans outstanding, which left approximately $229.8 million available under our lines of credit with stated limitations.
 
As noted above, our clearing broker businesses also have the ability to borrow through stock loan arrangements. There are no specific limitations on our borrowing capacities pursuant to our stock loan arrangements. Borrowings under these arrangements bear interest at variable rates based on various factors including market conditions and the types of securities loaned, are secured primarily by our customers’ margin account securities, and are repayable on demand. At December 31, 2010, we had approximately $619.8 million in borrowings under stock loan arrangements, the majority of which relates to our customer activities.
 
As a result of our customers’ and correspondents’ aforementioned activities, our operating cash flows may vary from year to year.
 
Capital Resources — PWI provides capital to its subsidiaries. PWI has the ability to obtain capital through equipment leases, typically secured by the equipment itself and through the Amended and Restated Credit Facility. Currently we have the capacity to borrow up to $25 million under our Amended and Restated Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had no borrowings outstanding on this line of credit. On June 3, 2009, the Company issued $60 million aggregate principal amount of 8.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014. The net proceeds from the sale of the convertible notes were approximately $56.2 million after initial purchaser discounts and other expenses. On May 6, 2010, the Company issued $200 million aggregate principal amount of 12.5% senior second lien secured notes, due May 15, 2017. The net proceeds from the sale of the senior second lien secured notes were approximately $193.3 million after initial purchaser discounts and other expenses. The Company used a part of the net proceeds of the sale to pay down approximately $110 million outstanding on its previous Credit Facility, to provide working capital to support the correspondents the Company acquired from Ridge and for other general corporate purposes. Concurrent with the closing of its Notes offering, the Company paid off its existing Credit Facility and entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Facility. Our obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Facility are supported by a guaranty from SAI and PHI and a pledge by the Company, SAI and PHI of equity interests of certain of our subsidiaries. The Amended and Restated Credit Facility is scheduled to mature on May 6, 2013.
 
We incur a significant amount of interest on our outstanding debt obligations. In 2010, we paid $2.2 in interest under our Amended and Restated Credit Facility and predecessor facility, $4.8 million in interest under our Senior Convertible Notes, $13.1 million in interest under our Senior Second Lien Secured Notes (estimated to be $25 million per year beginning in 2011) and $.3 million in interest under the Ridge Seller Note. We expect to continue to pay a significant amount of interest under these debt instruments in 2011 and for the next several years. Our significant debt obligations may restrict our ability to effectively utilize the capital available to us, and may adversely affect our business or operations.
 
On November 18, 2009, we filed a registration statement on Form S-3, which was declared effective by the SEC on December 17, 2009. We may utilize the registration statement in connection with our capital raising; however, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to issue debt or equity securities on terms acceptable to the Company.
 
As a holding company, we access the earnings of our operating subsidiaries through the receipt of dividends from these subsidiaries. Some of our subsidiaries are subject to the requirements of securities regulators in their respective countries relating to liquidity and capital standards, which may serve to limit funds available for the payment of dividends to the holding company.
 
Our principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary, PFSI, is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule (“Rule 15c3-1”), which requires the maintenance of a minimum net capital. PFSI elected to use the alternative method, permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires PFSI to maintain minimum net capital, as defined, equal to the


60


Table of Contents

greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate debit balances, as defined in the SEC’s Reserve Requirement Rule (“Rule 15c3-3”). At December 31, 2010, PFSI had net capital of $139.5 million, which was $96.5 million in excess of its required net capital of $43.0 million.
 
Our Penson Futures, PFSL, PFSC and PFSA subsidiaries are also subject to minimum financial and capital requirements. These requirements are not material either individually or collectively to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010. All subsidiaries were in compliance with their minimum financial and capital requirements as of December 31, 2010.
 
Contractual obligations
 
We have contractual obligations to make future payments under long-term debt and long-term non-cancelable lease agreements and have contingent commitments under a variety of commercial arrangements. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our commitments and contingencies. There were no amounts outstanding under repurchase agreements at December 31, 2010. The table below shows our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2010, including our payments due by period:
 
                                         
          Less Than
                More Than
 
Contractual Obligations
  Total     1 Year     1—3 Years     4—5 Years     5 Years  
    (In thousands)  
 
Long-term debt obligations and accrued interest(1)
  $ 284,478     $ 3,900     $     $ 80,578     $ 200,000  
Capital lease obligations
    8,064       5,425       2,639              
Operating lease obligations
    24,026       5,702       8,768       5,245       4,311  
                                         
Total
  $ 316,568     $ 15,027     $ 11,407     $ 85,823     $ 204,311  
                                         
 
 
(1) The long-term debt obligations and accrued interest consists of our 12.50% Senior Second Lien Secured Notes due 2017 and accrued interest of $203,195, 8.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014 and accrued interest of $60,400 and our Ridge Seller Note and accrued interest of $20,883. Only interest accrued at December 31, 2010 has been included.
 
As of December 31, 2010 the Company had accrued income tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions of approximately $1.2 million. These liabilities have not been presented in the table above due to uncertainty as to amounts and timing regarding future payments.
 
Off-balance sheet arrangements
 
We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which are established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
 
See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for information on off-balance sheet arrangements and Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements for information on exchange member guarantees.
 
Critical accounting policies
 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. We review our estimates on an on-going basis. We base our estimates on our experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, we believe the accounting policies that require management to make assumptions and estimates involving significant judgment are those relating to revenue recognition, fair value, software development and the valuation of stock-based compensation.


61


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition
 
Revenues from clearing transactions are recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements on a trade date basis. Cash received in advance of revenue recognition is recorded as deferred revenue.
 
There are three major types of technology revenues: (1) completed products that are processing transactions every month generate revenues per transaction which are recognized on a trade date basis; (2) these same completed products may also generate monthly terminal charges for the delivery of data or processing capability that are recognized in the month to which the charges apply; (3) technology development services are recognized when the service is performed or under the terms of the technology development contract as described below. Interest and other revenues are recorded in the month that they are earned.
 
To date, the majority of our technology development contracts have not required significant production, modification or customization such that the service element of our overall relationship with the client generally does meet the criteria for separate accounting under the FASB Codification. All of our products are fully functional when initially delivered to our clients, and any additional technology development work that is contracted for is as outlined below. Technology development contracts generally cover only additional work that is performed to modify existing products to meet the specific needs of individual customers. This work can range from cosmetic modifications to the customer interface (private labeling) to custom development of additional features requested by the client. Technology revenues arising from development contracts are recorded on a percentage-of-completion basis based on outputs unless there are significant uncertainties preventing the use of this approach in which case a completed contract basis is used. The Company’s revenue recognition policy is consistent with applicable revenue recognition guidance in the FASB Codification and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB 104”).
 
Fair value
 
Fair value is defined as the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are primarily recorded at fair value.
 
In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches, including market, income and/or cost approaches. The fair value model establishes a hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This hierarchy increases the consistency and comparability of fair value measurements and related disclosures by maximizing the use of observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels based on the reliability of the inputs as follows:
 
  •  Level 1 — Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 1 inputs include corporate equity, U.S. Treasury and money market securities. Valuation of these instruments does not require a high degree of judgment as the valuations are based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly available.
 
  •  Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable as of the measurement date, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 2 inputs include certificates of deposit, term deposits, corporate debt securities and Canadian government obligations. These financial instruments are valued by quoted prices that are less frequent than those in active markets or by models that use various assumptions that are derived from or supported by data that is generally observable in the marketplace. Valuations in this category are inherently less reliable than quoted market prices due to


62


Table of Contents

  the degree of subjectivity involved in determining appropriate methodologies and the applicable underlying assumptions.
 
  •  Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and not corroborated by market data. The Company does not currently have any financial instruments utilizing Level 3 inputs. These financial instruments have significant inputs that cannot be validated by readily determinable data and generally involve considerable judgment by management.
 
See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the financial assets carried at fair value.
 
Software development
 
Costs associated with software developed for internal use are capitalized based on the applicable guidance in the FASB Codification. Capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software and payroll for employees directly associated with, and who devote time to, the development of the internal-use software. Costs incurred in development and enhancement of software that do not meet the capitalization criteria, such as costs of activities performed during the preliminary and post- implementation stages, are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in development and enhancements that do not meet the criteria to capitalize are activities performed during the application development stage such as designing, coding, installing and testing. The critical estimate related to this process is the determination of the amount of time devoted by employees to specific stages of internal-use software development projects. We review any impairment of the capitalized costs on a periodic basis.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units, and determination of the fair value of each reporting unit.
 
We review goodwill for impairment utilizing a two-step process. The first step of the impairment test requires a comparison of the fair value of each of our reporting units to the respective carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is less than its fair value, no indication of impairment exists and a second step is not performed. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit is higher than its fair value, there is an indication that an impairment may exist and a second step must be performed. In the second step, the impairment is computed by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of its goodwill, an impairment loss must be recognized for the excess and charged to operations.
 
At December 31, 2010, our goodwill totaled $141.5 million. Our assessment is based upon a discounted cash flow analysis and analysis of our market capitalization. The estimate of cash flow is based upon, among other things, certain assumptions about expected future operating performance and an appropriate discount rate determined by our management. Our estimates of discounted cash flows may differ from actual cash flows due to, among other things, economic conditions, changes to our business model or changes in operating performance. Significant differences between these estimates and actual cash flows could materially adversely affect our future financial results. These factors increase the risk of differences between projected and actual performance that could impact future estimates of fair value of all reporting units. We conducted our annual impairment test of goodwill as of October 1, 2010. As a result of this test we determined that no adjustment to the carrying value of goodwill for any reporting units was required.
 
Stock-based compensation
 
The Company’s accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans focuses primarily on accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for employee services, and carries forward prior guidance for share-based payments for transactions with non-employees. Under the modified prospective transition method, the Company is required to recognize compensation cost, after the effective date, for the portion of all


63


Table of Contents

previously granted awards that were not vested, and the vested portion of all new stock option grants and restricted stock. The compensation cost is based upon the original grant-date fair market value of the grant. The Company recognizes expense relating to stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period which is generally the vesting period. Forfeitures of unvested stock grants are estimated and recognized as a reduction of expense.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
 
Prior to the fourth quarter of 2007, we did not have material exposure to reductions in the targeted federal funds rate. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2007, there were significant decreases in these rates. We encountered a 50 basis point decrease in the federal funds rate in the fourth quarter of 2007. Actual rates fell approximately 400 basis points during 2008, to a federal funds rate of approximately .25% as of December 31, 2008, which is the current rate as of December 31, 2010. Based upon the December quarter average customer balances, assuming no increase, and adjusting for the timing of these rate reductions, we believe that each 25 basis point increase or decrease will affect pretax income by approximately $1.3 million per quarter. Despite such interest rate changes, we do not have material exposure to commodity price changes or similar market risks. Accordingly, we have not entered into any derivative contracts to mitigate such risk. In addition, we do not maintain material inventories of securities for sale, and therefore are not subject to equity price risk.
 
We extend margin credit and leverage to our correspondents and their customers, which is subject to various regulatory and clearing firm margin requirements. Margin credit is collateralized by cash and securities in the customers’ accounts. Our directors and executive officers and their associates, including family members, from time to time may be or may have been indebted to one or more of our operating subsidiaries or one of their respective correspondents or introducing brokers, as customers, in connection with margin account loans. Such indebtedness is in the ordinary course of business, is on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated third parties who are not our employees and does not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. Leverage involves securing a large potential future obligation with a proportional amount of cash or securities. The risks associated with margin credit and leverage increase during periods of fast market movements or in cases where leverage or collateral is concentrated and market movements occur. During such times, customers who utilize margin credit or leverage and who have collateralized their obligations with securities may find that the securities have a rapidly depreciating value and may not be sufficient to cover their obligations in the event of liquidation. Although we monitor margin balances on an intra-day basis in order to control our risk exposure, we are not able to eliminate all risks associated with margin lending.
 
We are also exposed to credit risk when our correspondents’ customers execute transactions, such as short sales of options and equities, which can expose them to risk beyond their invested capital. We are indemnified and held harmless by our correspondents from certain liabilities or claims, the use of margin credit, leverage and short sales of their customers. However, if our correspondents do not have sufficient regulatory capital to cover such conditions, we may be exposed to significant off-balance sheet risk in the event that collateral requirements are not sufficient to fully cover losses that customers may incur and those customers and their correspondents fail to satisfy their obligations. Our account level margin credit and leverage requirements meet or exceed those required by Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, or similar regulatory requirements in other jurisdictions. The SEC and other self-regulated organizations (“SROs”) have approved new rules permitting portfolio margining that have the effect of permitting increased leverage on securities held in portfolio margin accounts relative to non-portfolio accounts. We began offering portfolio margining to our clients in 2007. We intend to continue to meet or exceed any account level margin credit and leverage requirements mandated by the SEC, other SROs, or similar regulatory requirements in other jurisdictions as we expand the offering of portfolio margining to our clients.
 
The profitability of our margin lending activities depends to a great extent on the difference between interest income earned on margin loans and investments of customer cash and the interest expense paid on customer cash balances and borrowings. If short-term interest rates fall, we generally expect to receive a smaller gross interest spread, causing the profitability of our margin lending and other interest-sensitive revenue sources to decline. Short-term interest rates are highly sensitive to factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions


64


Table of Contents

and the policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities. In particular, decreases in the federal funds rate by the Federal Reserve System usually lead to decreasing interest rates in the U.S., which generally lead to a decrease in the gross spread we earn. This is most significant when the federal funds rate is on the low end of its historical range, as is the case now. Interest rates in Canada, Europe and Australia are also subject to fluctuations based on governmental policies and economic factors and these fluctuations could also affect the profitability of our margin lending operations in these markets.
 
Given the volatility of exchange rates, we may not be able to manage our currency transaction and/or translation risks effectively, or volatility in currency exchange rates may expose our financial condition or results of operations to a significant additional risk.
 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements and supplementary data are included in pages F-2 through F-41 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See accompanying “Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” and Index to the consolidated financial statements on page F-1.
 
Quarterly results of operations (unaudited)
 
                                                                 
    Dec. 31,
    Sep. 30,
    Jun. 30,
    Mar. 31,
    Dec. 31,
    Sep. 30,
    Jun. 30,
    Mar. 31,
 
Quarter Ended
  2010     2010     2010     2010     2009     2009     2009     2009  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenues:
                                                               
Clearing and commission fees
  $ 42,901     $ 37,818     $ 38,103     $ 34,366     $ 34,826     $ 36,911     $ 38,183     $ 35,125  
Technology
    5,167       4,661       5,207       5,384       5,410       6,266       6,452       5,665  
Interest, gross
    27,105       22,995       20,078       20,590       22,246       25,096       30,841       22,036  
Other
    11,768       9,345       12,575       12,554       19,266       12,551       11,809       11,477  
                                                                 
Total revenues
    86,941       74,819       75,963       72,894       81,748       80,824       87,285       74,303  
Interest expense from securities operations
    6,924       5,024       4,854       5,467       7,328       8,601       10,804       7,546  
                                                                 
Net revenues
    80,017       69,795       71,109       67,427       74,420       72,223       76,481       66,757  
                                                                 
Expenses:
                                                               
Employee compensation and benefits
    29,063       31,125       31,927       27,634       27,780       27,204       29,188       28,929  
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
    11,395       10,320       9,559       9,088       7,666       8,544       8,759       7,416  
Communications and data processing
    18,935       17,802       12,134       11,397       11,572       11,745       11,568       10,557  
Occupancy and equipment
    8,278       8,181       7,928       7,804       7,385       7,422       7,365       7,245  
Other expenses
    7,746       8,018       11,676       6,725       8,823       7,652       7,700       9,181  
Interest expense on long-term debt
    9,530       9,315       7,429       4,555       4,303       3,480       1,876       685  
                                                                 
      84,947       84,761       80,653       67,203       67,529       66,047       66,456       64,013  
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (4,930 )     (14,966 )     (9,544 )     224       6,891       6,176       10,025       2,744  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (1,726 )     (5,552 )     (2,176 )     85       2,550       2,309       3,910       1,056  
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,204 )   $ (9,414 )   $ (7,368 )   $ 139     $ 4,341     $ 3,867     $ 6,115     $ 1,688  
                                                                 
Earnings (loss) per share — basic
  $ (0.11 )   $ (0.33 )   $ (0.29 )   $ 0.01     $ 0.17     $ 0.15     $ 0.24     $ 0.07  
                                                                 
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted
  $ (0.11 )   $ (0.33 )   $ (0.29 )   $ 0.01     $ 0.17     $ 0.15     $ 0.24     $ 0.07  
                                                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic
    28,394       28,295       25,830       25,573       25,491       25,411       25,329       25,260  
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted
    28,394       28,295       25,830       25,704       25,651       25,765       25,614       25,300  


65


Table of Contents

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
Management’s evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures
 
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on that evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and regulations.
 
Changes in internal control over financial reporting
 
There have been no changes in our internal controls or in other factors that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2010.
 
Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, we have maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.
 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 as stated in their report.
 
Inherent limitation of the effectiveness of internal control
 
A control system, no matter how well conceived, implemented and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met. Because of such inherent limitations, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within a company or any division of a company have been detected.
 
Item 9B.   Other Information
 
None.


66


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference from the section captioned “Corporate Governance,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed not later than April 30, 2011 with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “2011 Proxy Statement”).
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the section captioned “Executive Compensation” of the 2011 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
Equity compensation plans
 
                         
    Number of Securities to
    Weighted-Average
       
    be Issued Upon Exercise
    Exercise Price of
    Number of Securities
 
    of Outstanding Options,
    Outstanding Options,
    Remaining Available
 
Plan Category
  Warrants and Rights(a)     Warrants and Rights     for Future Issuance  
 
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders(b)
    1,188,380     $ 14.33       2,507,927  
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved By Security Holders
                 
                         
      1,188,380     $ 14.33       2,507,927  
                         
 
 
(a) Includes shares issuable for unvested restricted stock units.
 
(b) Includes shares issuable pursuant to the Penson Worldwide, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, of which there were 2,440,978 shares remaining available for future issuance and the Penson Worldwide, Inc. 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of which there were 66,949 shares remaining available for future issuance.
 
Other information required by this Item 12 is incorporated by reference from the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of the 2011 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” of the 2011 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the section captioned “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the 2011 Proxy Statement.


67


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
1. Financial statements.
 
The reports of our independent registered public accounting firm and our consolidated financial statements are listed below and begin on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
         
    Page
    Number
 
    F-2  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
    F-8  
 
2. Financial statement schedules.
 
Schedule I — Condensed Financial Information of Registrant has been incorporated into the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.
 
3. Exhibit list.
 
The exhibits required to be furnished pursuant to Item 15 are listed in the Exhibit Index filed herewith, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.


68


Table of Contents

 
Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused the report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
PENSON WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  PHILIP A. PENDERGRAFT
Name:     Philip A. Pendergraft
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer
 
Date:  March 3, 2011
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  ROGER J. ENGEMOEN, JR.

Roger J. Engemoen, Jr.
  Chairman   March 3, 2011
         
/s/  PHILIP A. PENDERGRAFT

Philip A. Pendergraft
  Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Director
  March 3, 2011
         
/s/  DANIEL P. SON

Daniel P. Son
  Non Executive Vice Chairman and Director   March 3, 2011
         
/s/  KEVIN W. MCALEER

Kevin W. McAleer
  Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer)
  March 3, 2011
         
/s/  JAMES S. DYER

James S. Dyer
  Director   March 3, 2011
         
/s/  DAVID JOHNSON

David Johnson
  Director   March 3, 2011
         
/s/  THOMAS R. JOHNSON

Thomas R. Johnson
  Director   March 3, 2011
         
/s/  DAVID M. KELLY

David M. Kelly
  Director   March 3, 2011
         
/s/  DAVID A. REED

David A. Reed
  Director   March 3, 2011


69


 

Index to consolidated financial statements
 
         
Penson Worldwide, Inc. consolidated financial statements:
       
    F-2  
Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
    F-8  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Report of independent registered public accounting firm
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Penson Worldwide, Inc.
Dallas, Texas
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Penson Worldwide, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Penson Worldwide, Inc. at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Penson Worldwide, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 3, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/  BDO USA, llp
BDO USA, LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
March 3, 2011


F-2


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Penson Worldwide, Inc.
Dallas, Texas
 
We have audited Penson Worldwide, Inc.’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Penson Worldwide, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Penson Worldwide, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and our report dated March 3, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/  BDO USA, llp
BDO USA, LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
March 3, 2011


F-3


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands,
 
    except par values)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 138,614     $ 48,643  
Cash and securities — segregated under federal and other regulations (including securities at fair value of $14,197 at December 31, 2010 and $0 at December 31, 2009)
    5,407,645       3,605,651  
Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations (including securities at fair value of $2,498 at December 31, 2010 and $5,149 at December 31, 2009)
    257,036       225,130  
Receivable from customers, net
    2,209,373       1,038,796  
Receivable from correspondents
    129,208       74,992  
Securities borrowed
    1,050,682       1,271,033  
Securities owned, at fair value
    201,195       223,480  
Deposits with clearing organizations (including securities at fair value of $213,015 at December 31, 2010 and $356,582 at December 31, 2009)
    423,156       433,243  
Property and equipment, net
    37,743       34,895  
Other assets
    399,532       295,212  
                 
Total assets
  $ 10,254,184     $ 7,251,075  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations
  $ 128,536     $ 336,056  
Payable to customers
    7,498,626       5,038,338  
Payable to correspondents
    469,542       249,659  
Short-term bank loans
    338,110       113,213  
Notes payable
    259,729       132,769  
Securities loaned
    1,015,351       898,957  
Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value
    115,916       97,308  
Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities
    127,453       85,873  
                 
Total liabilities
    9,953,263       6,952,173  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
           
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized; 32,054 issued and 28,454 outstanding as of December 31, 2010; 29,022 issued and 25,548 outstanding as of December 31, 2009
    321       290  
Additional paid-in capital
    278,469       258,375  
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
    4,367       1,748  
Retained earnings
    72,635       92,482  
Treasury stock, at cost; 3,600 shares at December 31, 2010; 3,474 shares at December 31, 2009
    (54,871 )     (53,993 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    300,921       298,902  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 10,254,184     $ 7,251,075  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenues
                       
Clearing and commission fees
  $ 153,188     $ 145,045     $ 150,554  
Technology
    20,419       23,793       22,191  
Interest, gross
    90,768       100,219       165,757  
Other
    46,242       55,103       45,367  
                         
Total revenues
    310,617       324,160       383,869  
Interest expense from securities operations
    22,269       34,279       90,699  
                         
Net revenues
    288,348       289,881       293,170  
                         
Expenses
                       
Employee compensation and benefits
    119,749       113,101       113,715  
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
    40,362       32,385       26,118  
Communications and data processing
    60,268       45,442       39,266  
Occupancy and equipment
    32,191       29,417       28,887  
Correspondent asset loss
                26,421  
Other expenses
    34,165       33,356       38,260  
Interest expense on long-term debt
    30,829       10,344       3,854  
                         
      317,564       264,045       276,521  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (29,216 )     25,836       16,649  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (9,369 )     9,825       5,993  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,847 )   $ 16,011     $ 10,656  
                         
Earnings (loss) per share — basic
  $ (0.73 )   $ 0.63     $ 0.42  
                         
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted
  $ (0.73 )   $ 0.63     $ 0.42  
                         
Weighted average common shares — basic
    27,034       25,373       25,217  
Weighted average common shares — diluted
    27,034       25,591       25,416  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-5


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
 
                                                                 
                                  Accumulated
             
    Preferred
                Additional
          Other
          Total
 
    Stock     Common stock     Paid-In
    Treasury
    Comprehensive
    Retained
    Stockholders’
 
    Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Stock     Income (loss)     Earnings     Equity  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $       25,543     $ 282     $ 238,253     $ (45,886 )   $ 6,964     $ 65,815     $ 265,428  
Net income
                                        10,656       10,656  
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $6,440
                                  (9,989 )           (9,989 )
Repurchase of treasury stock
          (714 )                 (7,431 )                 (7,431 )
Stock-based compensation expense
          188       2       4,521                         4,523  
Exercise of stock options
          36             168                         168  
Excess tax deficiency from stock-based compensation plans
                      (459 )                       (459 )
Purchases of stock under the employee stock purchase plan
          110       1       999                         1,000  
Issuance of common stock
          44       1       570                         571  
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2008
          25,207       286       244,052       (53,317 )     (3,025 )     76,471       264,467  
Net income
                                        16,011       16,011  
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $3,077
                                  4,773             4,773  
Repurchase of treasury stock
          (77 )                 (676 )                 (676 )
Stock-based compensation expense
          275       3       5,084                         5,087  
Excess tax deficiency from stock-based compensation plans
                      (473 )                       (473 )
Purchases of stock under the employee stock purchase plan
          108       1       655                         656  
Equity component of the conversion feature attributable to senior convertible notes, net of tax of $5,593
                      8,822                         8,822  
Issuance of common stock
          35             235                         235  
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2009
          25,548       290       258,375       (53,993 )     1,748       92,482       298,902  
Net loss
                                        (19,847 )     (19,847 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $1,689
                                  2,619             2,619  
Repurchase of treasury stock
          (126 )                 (878 )                 (878 )
Stock-based compensation expense
          469       5       4,981                         4,986  
Exercise of stock options
          21             88                         88  
Excess tax deficiency from stock-based compensation plans
                      (32 )                       (32 )
Purchases of stock under the employee stock purchase plan
          86       1       471                         472  
Issuance of common stock
          2,456       25       14,586                         14,611  
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2010
  $       28,454     $ 321     $ 278,469     $ (54,871 )   $ 4,367     $ 72,635     $ 300,921  
                                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-6


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,847 )   $ 16,011     $ 10,656  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    20,789       19,158       20,247  
Deferred income taxes
    (593 )     5,131       977  
Stock-based compensation
    4,986       5,087       4,523  
Debt discount accretion
    3,658       1,534        
Debt issuance costs
    1,805       1,081        
Contingent consideration accretion
    201              
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Cash and securities — segregated under federal and other regulations
    (1,800,563 )     (1,195,735 )     (1,005,993 )
Net receivable/payable with customers
    1,277,676       1,072,964       736,513  
Net receivable/payable with correspondents
    155,490       142,377       (63,611 )
Securities borrowed
    231,536       (293,329 )     1,089,050  
Securities owned
    32,722       235,270       (234,799 )
Deposits with clearing organizations
    12,028       (103,306 )     (35,589 )
Other assets
    18,624       (43,318 )     92,189  
Net receivable/payable with broker-dealers and clearing organizations
    (241,887 )     65,517       449,542  
Securities loaned
    115,671       56,452       (882,064 )
Securities sold, not yet purchased
    12,981       40,418       (25,495 )
Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities
    (47,383 )     (12,353 )     8,051  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (222,106 )     12,959       164,197  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Business combinations, net of cash acquired
    (1,921 )     (32,262 )     (33,370 )
Purchases of property and equipment
    (20,359 )     (21,741 )     (19,031 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (22,280 )     (54,003 )     (52,401 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Net proceeds from issuance of senior second lien secured notes
    193,294              
Net proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
          56,200        
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
    31,500       50,000       20,000  
Repayments of revolving credit facility
    (120,000 )     (36,500 )      
Net borrowing (repayments) on short-term bank loans
    224,722       (20,905 )     (196,380 )
Exercise of stock options
    88             168  
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation plans
    48       27       75  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (878 )     (676 )     (7,431 )
Issuance of common stock
    472       656       1,000  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    329,246       48,802       (182,568 )
                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash
    5,111       2,060       (11,326 )
                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    89,971       9,818       (82,098 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    48,643       38,825       120,923  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 138,614     $ 48,643     $ 38,825  
                         
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
                       
Interest payments
  $ 26,054     $ 10,633     $ 18,277  
Income tax payments
  $ 6,632     $ 3,807     $ 19,639  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:
                       
Common stock issued in connection with the Ridge acquisition
  $ 14,611     $     $  
Note issued in connection with the Ridge acquisition
  $ 20,578     $     $  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-7


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
(In thousands, except per share data or where noted)
 
1.   Basis of presentation
 
Organization and Business — Penson Worldwide, Inc. (“PWI” or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated in Delaware. The Company conducts business through its wholly owned subsidiary SAI Holdings, Inc. (“SAI”). SAI conducts business through its principal direct and indirect wholly owned operating subsidiaries, Penson Financial Services, Inc. (“PFSI”), Penson Financial Services Canada Inc. (“PFSC”), Penson Financial Services Ltd. (“PFSL”), Nexa Technologies, Inc. (“Nexa”), Penson Futures (“Penson Futures”), Penson Asia Limited (“Penson Asia”) and Penson Financial Services Australia Pty Ltd (“PFSA”). Through these operating subsidiaries, the Company provides securities and futures clearing services including integrated trade execution, clearing and custody services, trade settlement, technology services, risk management services, customer account processing and customized data processing services. The Company also participates in margin lending and securities borrowing and lending transactions, primarily to facilitate clearing and financing activities.
 
As of the date of this Annual Report, PWI has one class of common stock and one class of convertible preferred stock. The common stock is currently held by public shareholders and certain directors, officers and employees of the Company. None of the preferred stock is issued and outstanding. As used in this Annual Report, the term “common stock” means the common stock, and the term “preferred stock” means the convertible preferred stock, in each case unless otherwise specified.
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PWI and its wholly owned subsidiary SAI. SAI’s wholly owned subsidiaries include among others, PFSI, Nexa, Penson Execution Services, Inc., GHP1, Inc. (“GHP1”), which includes its direct and indirect subsidiaries GHP2, LLC (“GHP2”), and Penson Futures and Penson Holdings, Inc. (“PHI”), which includes its subsidiaries PFSC, PFSL, Penson Asia and PFSA. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
In connection with the delivery of products and services to its correspondents, clients and customers, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, the Company evaluates the performance of its business activities, such as clearing and commission, technology, interest income along with the associated interest expense as one integrated activity.
 
The Company’s cost infrastructure supporting its business activities varies by activity. In some instances, these costs are directly attributable to one business activity and sometimes to multiple activities. As such, in assessing the performance of its business activities, the Company does not consider these costs separately, but instead, evaluates performance in the aggregate along with the related revenues. Therefore, the Company’s pricing considers both the direct and indirect costs associated with transactions related to each business activity, the client relationship and the demand for the particular product or service in the marketplace. As a result, the Company does not manage or capture the costs associated with the products or services sold, or its general and administrative costs by revenue line.
 
2.   Summary of significant accounting policies
 
Securities Transactions — Proprietary securities transactions are recorded at fair value on a trade-date basis. Profit and loss arising from all securities transactions entered into from the account and risk of the Company are recorded on a trade-date basis. Customer securities transactions are reported on a settlement-date basis. Amounts receivable and payable for securities transactions that have not reached their contractual settlement date are recorded net on the consolidated statements of financial condition. All such pending transactions were settled after December 31, 2010 without any material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.
 
Securities Lending Activities — Securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions are reported as collateralized financings and are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. Securities borrowed transactions occur when the Company deposits cash with the lender in exchange for borrowing securities. With respect to securities loaned, the Company receives in cash an amount generally in excess of the fair value of


F-8


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
securities loaned. The Company monitors the fair value of securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded as necessary.
 
Reverse Repurchase and Repurchase Agreements — The Company enters into transactions involving purchases of securities under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) or sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), which are accounted for as collateralized financings except where the Company does not have an agreement to sell (or purchase) the same or substantially the same securities before maturity at a fixed or determinable price. It is the policy of the Company to obtain possession of collateral with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount loaned under reverse repurchase agreements. To ensure that the market value of the underlying collateral remains sufficient, collateral is generally valued daily and the Company may require counterparties to deposit additional collateral or may return collateral pledged when appropriate. Reverse repurchase agreements are carried at the amounts at which the securities were initially acquired plus accrued interest. Repurchase agreements are carried at the amounts at which the securities were initially sold plus accrued interest.
 
Revenue Recognition — Revenues from clearing transactions are recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements on a trade-date basis. Commissions are recorded on a trade-date basis as customer transactions occur. Cash received in advance of revenue recognition is recorded as deferred revenue.
 
There are three major types of technology revenues: (1) completed products that are processing transactions every month generate revenues per transaction which are recognized on a trade date basis; (2) these same completed products may also generate monthly terminal charges for the delivery of data or processing capability which are recognized in the month to which the charges apply; (3) technology development services are recognized when the service is performed or under the terms of the technology development contract as described below. Interest and other revenues are recorded in the month that they are earned.
 
To date, the majority of our technology development contracts have not required significant production, modification or customization such that the service element of our overall relationship with the client generally does meet the criteria for separate accounting under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB Codification”). All of our products are fully functional when initially delivered to our clients, and any additional technology development work that is contracted for is recognized as revenue as outlined below. Technology development contracts generally cover only additional work that is performed to modify existing products to meet the specific needs of individual customers. This work can range from cosmetic modifications to the customer interface (private labeling) to custom development of additional features requested by the client. Technology revenues arising from development contracts are recorded on a percentage-of-completion basis based on outputs unless there are significant uncertainties preventing the use of this approach in which case a completed contract basis is used. The Company’s revenue recognition policy is consistent with applicable revenue recognition guidance in the FASB Codification and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB 104”).
 
Income Taxes — Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.


F-9


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Property and Equipment — Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives, generally 3 to 7 years, of the assets using the straight-line method for financial reporting and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets for possible impairment. In management’s opinion, there was no impairment of such assets at December 31, 2010 or 2009.
 
Goodwill — Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of all tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in a business acquisition. Substantially all of the Company’s goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The Company complies with the relevant guidance in the FASB Codification for accounting for goodwill which requires, among other things, that companies no longer amortize goodwill and instead sets forth methods to periodically evaluate goodwill for impairment. The Company conducts on at least an annual basis a review of its reporting units’ assets and liabilities to determine whether the goodwill is impaired. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under the first step, fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the enterprise must perform step two of the impairment test. Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of the goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed. The Company conducted its annual impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010 and 2009 and in management’s opinion; there was no impairment of such assets at December 31, 2010 or 2009. The changes in goodwill during 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
 
         
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ 94,887  
Goodwill acquired
    17,936  
         
Balance, December 31, 2009
    112,823  
Goodwill acquired
    28,724  
         
Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 141,547  
         
 
All goodwill acquired in 2009 and 2010 was related to the United States operating segment. Goodwill is included in other assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
Intangibles — Intangibles consisted of the following at December 31:
 
                         
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
 
2010
  Amount     Amortization     Value  
 
Customer related intangible assets
  $ 41,029     $ 6,249     $ 34,780  
Purchased technology
    14,082       13,742       340  
Other
    2,760       363       2,397  
                         
Total
  $ 57,871     $ 20,354     $ 37,517  
                         
 
                         
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
 
2009
  Amount     Amortization     Value  
 
Customer related intangible assets
  $ 20,007     $ 3,762     $ 16,245  
Purchased technology
    14,082       13,094       988  
Other
    2,760       251       2,509  
                         
Total
  $ 36,849     $ 17,107     $ 19,742  
                         


F-10


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Customer related intangible assets represents customer contracts obtained as part of acquired businesses and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 10 to 15 years. Purchased technology represents software and technology intangible assets acquired as part of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives, generally five years. Other is related primarily to the efutures.com domain name acquired with First Capitol Group LLC (“FCG”) which has an indefinite life and a non-compete agreement with an estimated useful life of 11 years. Intangible assets are included in other assets. Amortization expense related to intangible assets was approximately $3,247, $3,136 and $4,132 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company estimates that amortization expense will be approximately $4,081 in 2011, $3,744 in 2012, $3,729 in 2013 and 2014 and $3,718 in 2015.
 
Financing Costs — Financing costs associated with the Company’s debt financing arrangements are capitalized and amortized over the life of the related debt in compliance with the effective interest method of the FASB Codification.
 
Operating Leases — Rent expense is provided on operating leases evenly over the applicable lease periods taking into account rent holidays. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided evenly over the lesser of the estimated useful life or expected lease terms.
 
Stock-Based Compensation — The Company’s accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans focuses primarily on accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for employee services, and carries forward prior guidance for share-based payments for transactions with non-employees. The compensation cost is based upon the original grant-date fair value of the grant. The Company recognizes expense relating to stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period which is generally the vesting period. Forfeitures of unvested stock grants are estimated and recognized as a reduction of expense.
 
Management’s Estimates and Assumptions — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company reviews all significant estimates affecting the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis and records the effect of any necessary adjustments prior to their issuance.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers cash equivalents to be highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than 90 days that are not held for sale in the ordinary course of business. Assets segregated for regulatory purposes are not included as cash and cash equivalents for purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows because such assets are segregated for the benefit of customers only.
 
Securities Owned and Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased — The Company has classified its investments in securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased as “trading” and has reported those investments at their fair values in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Unrealized gains or losses are included in earnings.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The financial instruments of the Company are reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair values, or at carrying amounts that approximate fair values because of the short maturity of the instruments. See Note 6 for a description of financial instruments carried at fair value.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts — The Company generally does not lend money to customers or correspondents except on a fully collateralized basis. When the value of that collateral declines, the Company has the right to demand additional collateral. In cases where the collateral loses its liquidity, the Company might also demand personal guarantees or guarantees from other parties. In valuing receivables that become less than fully collateralized/unsecured balances, the Company compares the market value of the collateral and any additional guarantees to the balance of the loan outstanding and evaluates the collectability based on various qualitative


F-11


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
factors. To the extent that the collateral, the guarantees and any other rights the Company has against the customer or the related introducing broker are not sufficient to cover any potential losses, then the Company records an appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. In the ordinary course of business the Company carries less than fully collateralized/unsecured balances for which no allowance has been recorded due to the Company’s judgment that the amounts are collectable. The Company monitors every account that is less than fully collateralized with liquid securities every day. The Company reviews all such accounts on a monthly basis to determine if a change in the allowance for doubtful accounts is necessary. This specific, account-by-account review is supplemented by the risk management procedures that identify positions in illiquid securities and other market developments that could affect accounts that otherwise appear to be fully collateralized. The corporate and local country risk management officers monitor market developments on a daily basis. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts that represents amounts, in the judgment of management, necessary to adequately absorb losses from known and inherent losses in outstanding receivables. Provisions made to this allowance are charged to operations based on anticipated recoverability. . The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts during 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
 
         
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ 6,493  
Bad debt expense
    2,302  
Write-offs
    (635 )
         
Balance, December 31, 2008
    8,160  
Bad debt expense
    1,752  
Write-offs
    (207 )
         
Balance, December 31, 2009
    9,705  
Bad debt expense
    5,185  
Write-offs
    (713 )
         
Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 14,177  
         
 
Software Costs and Expenses — Costs associated with software developed for internal use are capitalized based on guidance in the FASB Codification. Capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software and payroll for employees directly associated with, and who devote time to, the development of the internal-use software. Costs incurred in development and enhancement of software that do not meet the capitalization criteria, such as costs of activities performed during the preliminary and post-implementation stages, are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in development and enhancements that do not meet the criteria to capitalize are activities performed during the application development stage such as designing, coding, installing and testing. The critical estimate related to this process is the determination of the amount of time devoted by employees to specific stages of internal-use software development projects. The Company reviews any impairment of the capitalized costs on a periodic basis. The Company amortizes such costs over the estimated useful life of the software, which is three to five years once the software has been placed in service. The Company capitalized software development costs of approximately $5,611, $6,880 and $5,491 in 2010, 2009 and 2008 respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized software development costs was approximately $4,821, $2,543 and $719 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Net Income (Loss) Per Share — Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) applicable to common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period presented. Basic earnings (loss) per share exclude any dilutive effects of any potential common shares. Diluted net income (loss) per share considers the impact of potentially dilutive common shares, unless the inclusion of such shares would have an antidilutive effect.


F-12


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments — The Company has, in consolidation, translated the account balances of PFSL, PFSC, Penson Asia and PFSA from their functional currency to U.S. Dollars, the Company’s reporting currency. Translation gains and losses are recorded as an accumulated balance, net of tax, in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. See Note 15. Gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are included in net income (loss).
 
Reclassifications — The Company has reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation. The reclassifications had no effect on the consolidated statements of operations or stockholders’ equity as previously reported.
 
3.   Acquisitions
 
Acquisition of Ridge
 
On November 2, 2009, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement (“Ridge APA”) to acquire the clearing and execution business of Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc. (“Ridge”) from Ridge and Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”), Ridge’s parent company. The acquisition closed on June 25, 2010, and under the terms of the Ridge APA, as later amended, the Company paid $35,189. The acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred was $31,912, consisting of 2,456 shares of PWI common stock with a fair value of $14,611 (based on our closing share price of $5.95 on that date) and a $20,578 five-year subordinated note (the “Ridge Seller Note”) with an estimated fair value of $17,301 on that date (see Note 14 for a description of the Ridge Seller Note discount), payable by the Company bearing interest at an annual rate equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 5.5%.
 
The Company recorded a liability of $4,089 attributable to the estimated fair value of contingent consideration to be paid 14 months and 19 months after closing (subject to extension in the event the dispute resolution procedures set forth in the Ridge APA are invoked). The amount of contingent consideration ultimately payable will be added to the Ridge Seller Note. The contingent consideration is primarily composed of two categories. The first category includes a group of correspondents that had not generated at least six months of revenue as of May 31, 2010 (“Stub Period Correspondents”). Twelve months after closing a calculation will be performed to adjust the estimated annualized revenues as of May 31, 2010 to the actual annualized revenues based on a six-month review period as defined in the Ridge APA (“Stub Period Revenues”). The Ridge Seller Note will be adjusted 14 months after closing based on .9 times the difference between the estimated and actual annualized revenues. As of December 31, 2010 all of the correspondents in this category had generated at least six months of revenues. The Company reduced its contingent consideration liability by $343, which is included in other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. The second category includes a group of correspondents that had not yet begun generating revenues (“Non-revenue Correspondents”) as of May 31, 2010. A calculation will be performed 15 months after closing to determine the annualized revenues, based on a six-month review period, for each such non revenue correspondent (“Non-revenue Correspondent Revenues”). The Ridge Seller Note will be adjusted 19 months after closing by an amount equal to .9 times the Non-revenue Correspondent Revenues. The estimated undiscounted range of outcomes for this category is $4,000 to $5,000. There is no limit to the consideration to be paid.
 
The Company recorded goodwill of $15,901, intangibles of $20,100 and a discount on the Ridge Seller Note of $3,277. The qualitative factors that make up the recorded goodwill include value associated with an assembled workforce, value attributable to enhanced revenues related to various products and services offered by the Company and synergies associated with cost reductions from the elimination of certain fixed costs as well as economies of scale resulting from the additional correspondents. The goodwill is included in the United States segment. A portion of the recorded goodwill associated with the contingent consideration may not be deductible for tax purposes if future payments are less than the $4,089 initially recorded. The tax goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes over a period of 15 years. The Company has incurred acquisition related costs of $5,251 with $3,625 and $1,626, respectively recognized in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Net revenues of $26,426 and net income of approximately $1,458 from Ridge were included in the consolidated statement of operations as of the date of the


F-13


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company estimates that net revenues would have been $312,921 for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively compared to $337,233 and $345,802, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and net income (loss) would have been $(18,957) for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $17,260 and $12,824, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 had the acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2008.
 
Acquisition of First Capitol Group, LLC
 
In November 2007, our subsidiary Penson Futures acquired all of the assets of FCG, an FCM and a leading provider of technology products and services to futures traders, and assigned the purchased membership interest to GHP1 effective immediately thereafter. We closed the transaction in November, 2007 and paid approximately $9,400 in cash and approximately 150 shares of common stock valued at approximately $2,200 to the previous owners of FCG. In addition, the Company agreed to pay an annual earnout in cash for the following three-year period based on average net income, subject to certain adjustments including cost of capital, for the acquired business. The Company paid approximately $8,700 related to the first year of the earnout period. The Company did not make an earnout payment related to the second or third year of the earnout period. The Company finalized the acquisition valuation during the third quarter of 2008 and recorded goodwill of approximately $4,000 and intangibles of approximately $7,600. FCG currently conducts business as a division of Penson Futures.
 
Acquisition of GHCO
 
In November 2006, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the partnership interests of Chicago-based GHCO, a leading international futures clearing and execution firm. The Company closed the transaction on February 16, 2007 and paid approximately $27,900, including cash and approximately 139 shares of common stock valued at approximately $3,900 to the previous owners of GHCO. Goodwill of approximately $2,800 and intangibles of approximately $1,000 were recorded in connection with the acquisition. In addition, the Company agreed to pay additional consideration in the form of an earnout over the next three years, in an amount equal to 25% of Penson Futures’ pre-tax earnings, as defined in the purchase agreement executed with the previous owners of GHCO. The Company did not make an earnout payment related to the first or second years of the integrated Penson Futures business. The Company paid $1,072 related to the third year of the earnout in July 2010.
 
Acquisition of the clearing business of Schonfeld Securities, LLC
 
In November 2006, the Company acquired the clearing business of Schonfeld Securities LLC (“Schonfeld”), a New York-based securities firm. The Company closed the transaction in November 2006 and in January 2007, the Company issued approximately 1,100 shares of common stock valued at approximately $28,300 to the previous owners of Schonfeld as partial consideration for the assets acquired of which approximately $14,800 was recorded as goodwill and approximately $13,500 as intangibles. In addition, the Company agreed to pay an annual earnout of stock and cash over a four-year period that commenced on June 1, 2007, based on net income, as defined in the asset purchase agreement (“Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement”), for the acquired business. On April 22, 2010, SAI and PFSI entered into a letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) with Schonfeld Group Holdings LLC (“SGH”), Schonfeld, and Opus Trading Fund LLC (“Opus”) that amends and clarifies certain terms of the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement. The Letter Agreement, among other things, for purpose of determining the total payment due to Schonfeld under the earnout provision of the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement: (i) removes the payment cap; (ii) clarifies that PFSI has no obligation to compress tickets across subaccounts (unless PFSI does so for other of its correspondents at a later date); and (iii) reduces the SunGard synergy credit from $2,900 to $1,450 in 2010 and $1,000 in 2011. The Letter Agreement also assigns all of Schonfeld’s responsibilities under the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement to its parent company, SGH, and extends the initial term of Opus’s portfolio margining agreement with PFSI from April 30, 2017 to April 30, 2019.


F-14


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
A payment of approximately $26,600 was paid in connection with the first year earnout that ended May 31, 2008 and approximately $25,500 was paid in connection with the second year of the earnout that ended May 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, a liability of $20,516 was accrued as result of the third year of the earnout ended May 31, 2010 ($15,184) and the first seven months of the year four earnout, which the Company does not expect to pay prior to the second half of 2011 ($5,332). This balance is included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The offset of this liability, goodwill, is included in other assets. In January, 2011, the Company and SGH entered into a letter agreement setting the amount due for the third year earnout at $6.0 million due to the provisions in various agreements related to the Schonfeld transaction, including the termination/compensation agreement, which reduced the amount that the Company is required to pay under the Schonfeld Asset Purchase Agreement. This will result in a reduction in goodwill and other liabilities of $9,184 in the first quarter of 2011. The letter agreement also stipulated that the third year earnout will be paid evenly over a 12 month period commencing on September 1, 2011.
 
5.   Computation of net income (loss) per share
 
The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per common share computation (“EPS”). Common stock equivalents related to stock options are excluded from the diluted EPS calculation if their effect would be anti-dilutive to EPS.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Basic and diluted:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,847 )   $ 16,011     $ 10,656  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic
    27,034       25,373       25,217  
Incremental shares from outstanding stock options
          26       33  
Incremental shares from non-vested restricted stock units
          101       12  
Shares issuable
          18       154  
Convertible debt
          73        
                         
Weighted average common shares and common share equivalents — diluted
    27,034       25,591       25,416  
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (0.73 )   $ 0.63     $ 0.42  
                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  $ 0.73 )   $ 0.63     $ 0.42  
                         
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008 stock options and restricted stock units totaling 1,272 and 1,565, respectively were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. For periods with a net loss, basic weighted average shares are used for diluted calculations because all stock options and unvested restricted stock units outstanding are considered anti-dilutive.
 
6.   Fair value of financial instruments
 
Fair value is defined as the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation techniques, including market, income and/or cost approaches. The fair value model establishes a hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This hierarchy increases the consistency and comparability of fair value measurements and related disclosures by maximizing the use of observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use


F-15


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels based on the reliability of the inputs as follows:
 
  •  Level 1 — Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Valuation of these instruments does not require a high degree of judgment as the valuations are based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly available.
 
  •  Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable as of the measurement date, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. These financial instruments are valued by quoted prices that are less frequent than those in active markets or by models that use various assumptions that are derived from or supported by data that is generally observable in the marketplace. Valuations in this category are inherently less reliable than quoted market prices due to the degree of subjectivity involved in determining appropriate methodologies and the applicable underlying assumptions.
 
  •  Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and not corroborated by market data. The Company does not currently have any financial instruments utilizing Level 3 inputs. These financial instruments have significant inputs that cannot be validated by readily determinable data and generally involve considerable judgment by management.
 
The following is a description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
 
U.S. government and agency securities
 
U.S. government securities are valued using quoted market prices in active markets. Accordingly, U.S. government securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
U.S. agency securities consist of agency issued debt and are valued using quoted market prices in active markets. As such these securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Canadian government obligations
 
Canadian government securities include both Canadian federal obligations and Canadian provincial obligations. These securities are valued using quoted market prices. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as the price quotations are not always from active markets.
 
Corporate equity
 
Corporate equity securities represent exchange-traded securities and are generally valued based on quoted prices in active markets. These securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Corporate debt
 
Corporate bonds are generally valued using quoted market prices. Corporate bonds are generally classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as prices are not always from active markets.
 
Listed option contracts
 
Listed options are exchange traded and are generally valued based on quoted prices in active markets and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.


F-16


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Certificates of deposit and term deposits
 
The fair value of certificates of deposits and term deposits is estimated using third-party quotations. These deposits are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Money market
 
Money market funds are generally valued based on quoted prices in active markets. These securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
The following tables summarizes by level within the fair value hierarchy “Cash and securities — segregated under federal and other regulations”, “Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations”, “Securities owned, at fair value”, “Deposits with clearing organizations” and “Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value” as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
                         
December 31, 2010
  Level 1     Level 2     Total  
 
Cash and securities — segregated under federal and other regulations
                       
U.S. government and agency securities
  $ 6,197     $     $ 6,197  
Money market
    8,000             8,000  
                         
    $ 14,197     $     $ 14,197  
                         
Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations
                       
U.S. government and agency securities
  $ 2,498     $     $ 2,498  
                         
    $ 2,498     $     $ 2,498  
                         
Securities owned
                       
Corporate equity
  $ 290     $     $ 290  
Listed option contracts
    168             168  
Corporate debt
          79,404       79,404  
Certificates of deposit and term deposits
          24,432       24,432  
U.S. government and agency securities
    49,997             49,997  
Canadian government obligations
          46,904       46,904  
                         
    $ 50,455     $ 150,740     $ 201,195  
                         
Deposits with clearing organizations
                       
U.S. government and agency securities
  $ 203,843     $     $ 203,843  
Money market
    9,172             9,172  
                         
    $ 213,015     $     $ 213,015  
                         
Securities sold, not yet purchased
                       
Corporate equity
  $ 264     $     $ 264  
Listed option contracts
    287             287  
U.S. government and agency securities
    90,870             90,870  
Canadian government obligations
          24,495       24,495  
                         
    $ 91,421     $ 24,495     $ 115,916  
                         
 


F-17


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                         
December 31, 2009
  Level 1     Level 2     Total  
 
Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations
                       
U.S. government and agency securities
  $ 5,149     $     $ 5,149  
                         
    $ 5,149     $     $ 5,149  
                         
Securities owned
                       
Corporate equity
  $ 2,021     $     $ 2,021  
Listed option contracts
    127             127  
Corporate debt
          70,398       70,398  
Certificates of deposit and term deposits
          26,368       26,368  
U.S. government and agency securities
    73,775             73,775  
Canadian government obligations
          33,691       33,691  
Money market
    17,100             17,100  
                         
    $ 93,023     $ 130,457     $ 223,480  
                         
Deposits with clearing organizations
                       
U.S. government and agency securities
  $ 261,050     $     $ 261,050  
Money market
    95,532             95,532  
                         
    $ 356,582     $     $ 356,582  
                         
Securities sold, not yet purchased
                       
Corporate equity
  $ 16     $     $ 16  
Listed option contracts
    228             228  
Corporate debt
          63,850       63,850  
Canadian government obligations
          33,214       33,214  
                         
    $ 244     $ 97,064     $ 97,308  
                         
 
7.   Segregated assets
 
Cash and securities segregated under U.S. federal and other regulations totaled $5,407,645 at December 31, 2010. Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations by PFSI totaled $4,731,780 at December 31, 2010. Of this amount, $4,614,056 was segregated for the benefit of customers under Rule 15c3-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission, against a requirement as of December 31, 2010 of $4,671,095. An additional deposit of $116,000 was made on January 4, 2011 as allowed by Rule 15c3-3. The remaining balance of $117,724 at year end relates to the Company’s election to compute a reserve requirement for Proprietary Accounts of Introducing Broker-Dealers (“PAIB”), as defined against a requirement as of December 31, 2010 of $92,034. The PAIB is completed in order for each correspondent firm that uses the Company as its clearing broker-dealer to classify its assets held by the Company as allowable assets in the correspondent’s net capital calculation. In addition, $745,418, including $424,042 in cash and securities, was segregated for the benefit of customers by Penson Futures to Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 1.20. Finally, $130,844 was segregated under similar Canadian regulations by PFSC and $120,979 was segregated under similar regulations in the United Kingdom by PFSL. At December 31, 2009, $3,605,651 was segregated for the benefit of customers under U.S. federal and other regulations and similar Canadian and United Kingdom regulations.

F-18


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
8.   Receivable from and payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations
 
Amounts receivable from and payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Receivable:
               
Securities failed to deliver
  $ 64,233     $ 62,613  
Receivable from clearing organizations
    192,803       162,517  
                 
    $ 257,036     $ 225,130  
                 
Payable:
               
Securities failed to receive
  $ 60,767     $ 51,695  
Payable to clearing organizations
    67,769       284,361  
                 
    $ 128,536     $ 336,056  
                 
 
Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations include amounts receivable for securities failed to deliver, amounts receivable from clearing organizations relating to open transactions, good-faith and margin deposits, and floor-brokerage receivables.
 
Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations include amounts payable for securities failed to receive, amounts payable to clearing organizations on open transactions, and floor-brokerage payables. In addition, the net receivable or payable arising from unsettled trades is reflected in these categories.
 
9.   Receivable from and payable to customers and correspondents
 
Receivable from and payable to customers and correspondents include amounts due on cash and margin transactions. Securities owned by customers and correspondents are held as collateral for receivables. Such collateral is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Payable to correspondents also includes commissions due on customer transactions.
 
The Company generally nets receivables and payables related to its customers’ transactions on a counterparty basis pursuant to master netting or customer agreements. It is the Company’s policy to settle these transactions on a net basis with its counterparties. The Company generally recognizes interest income on an accrual basis as it is earned. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had approximately $97,427 and $52,420 in receivables, respectively, primarily from customers and correspondents, that were substantially collateralized and considered collectable, for which interest income was being recorded only when received.


F-19


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
10.   Securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased
 
Securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased consist of trading and investment securities at fair value as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Securities Owned:
               
Corporate equity
  $ 290     $ 2,021  
Listed option contracts
    168       127  
Corporate debt
    79,404       70,398  
Certificates of deposit and term deposits
    24,432       26,368  
U.S. federal and agency securities
    49,997       73,775  
Canadian government obligations
    46,904       33,691  
Money market
          17,100  
                 
    $ 201,195     $ 223,480  
                 
Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased:
               
Corporate equity
  $ 264     $ 16  
Listed option contracts
    287       228  
Corporate debt
          63,850  
U.S. federal and agency securities
    90,870        
Certificates of deposit and term deposits
          33,214  
Canadian government obligations
    24,495        
                 
    $ 115,916     $ 97,308  
                 
 
11.   Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements
 
At December 31, 2010 the Company held reverse repurchase agreements of $224,469. Approximately $132,669 of reverse repurchase agreements included in other assets was collateralized by Canadian government obligations and corporate debt with a fair value of approximately $133,034. Additionally the Company held reverse repurchase agreements of $91,800 included in cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations, collateralized by U.S. federal and agency securities with a fair value of $91,840. At December 31, 2009 the Company held reverse repurchase agreements of $117,485 collateralized by Canadian government obligations and corporate debt with a fair value of approximately $117,485 and included in other assets. There were no repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009.


F-20


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
12.   Property and equipment
 
Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Equipment
  $ 42,251     $ 33,729  
Software
    73,364       61,925  
Furniture
    5,217       5,146  
Leasehold improvements
    6,938       6,825  
Other
    1,919       1,826  
                 
      129,689       109,451  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    91,946       74,556  
                 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 37,743     $ 34,895  
                 
 
Depreciation and amortization is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method for financial reporting and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. Depreciation and amortization is generally provided over three to seven years for equipment and other, over three years for software, over five years for furniture and over the lesser of the estimated useful life or lease term from three to twelve years for leasehold improvements. Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $17,542, $15,965 and $15,990, respectively.
 
13.   Short-term bank loans
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $338,110 and $113,213, respectively in short-term bank loans outstanding with weighted average interest rates of approximately 1.1% and 1.2%, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 the Company had seven uncommitted lines of credit with seven financial institutions. Five of these lines of credit permitted the Company to borrow up to an aggregate of approximately $325,437 while two lines do not have specified borrowing limits. The fair value of short-term bank loans approximates their carrying values.
 
The Company also has the ability to borrow under stock loan arrangements. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $619,833 and $411,162, respectively, in stock loan with no specific limitations on additional stock loan capacities. These arrangements bear interest at variable rates based on various factors including market conditions and the types of securities loaned, are secured primarily by our customers’ margin account securities, and are repayable on demand. The fair value of these borrowings approximates their carrying values. The remaining balance in securities loaned relates to the Company’s conduit stock loan business.


F-21


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
14.   Notes payable
 
Notes Payable consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
8.00% Senior Convertible Notes with a principal amount of $60,000, unsecured. Payable in full in June 2014
  $ 47,141     $ 44,269  
12.50% Senior Second Lien Secured Notes with a principal amount of $200,000. Payable in full in May 2017
    195,024        
Bank credit line up to $100,000, unsecured, with a variable rate of interest that approximated 7.0% at December 31, 2009. Paid in full in May 2010
          88,500  
Ridge Seller Note with a principal amount of $20,578, unsecured, with a variable rate of interest that approximated 5.8% at December 31, 2010. Payable in full in June 2015
    17,564        
                 
    $ 259,729     $ 132,769  
                 
 
Senior convertible notes
 
On June 3, 2009, the Company issued $60,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014 (the “Convertible Notes”). The $60,000 aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes includes $10,000 issued in connection with the exercise in full by the initial purchasers of their over-allotment option. The net proceeds from the sale of the convertible notes were approximately $56,200 after initial purchaser discounts and other expenses.
 
The Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate of 8.0% per year. Interest on the Convertible Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning December 1, 2009. The Convertible Notes will mature on June 1, 2014, subject to earlier repurchase or conversion.
 
Holders may convert their Convertible Notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date for such Convertible Notes under the following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is equal to or more than 120% of the conversion price of the Convertible Notes on the last day of such preceding fiscal quarter; (2) during the five business-day period after any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price per $1,000 (in whole dollars) principal amount of the Convertible Notes for each day of that period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate of the Convertible Notes on each such day; (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions, including upon certain distributions to holders of the Company’s common stock and certain fundamental changes, including changes of control and dispositions of substantially all of the Company’s assets; and (4) at any time beginning on March 1, 2014. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, at the Company’s option, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination thereof. The initial conversion rate for the Convertible Notes was 101.9420 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 (in whole dollars) principal amount of Convertible Notes (6,117 shares), equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $9.81 per share of common stock. Such conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in certain events, but will not be adjusted for accrued or additional interest. The Company has received consent from its stockholders to issue up to 6,117 shares of its common stock to satisfy its payment obligations upon conversion of the Convertible Notes.
 
Following certain corporate transactions, the Company will increase the applicable conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its Convertible Notes in connection with such corporate transactions by a number of additional shares of common stock. The Company may not redeem the Convertible Notes prior to their stated maturity date. If the Company undergoes a fundamental change, holders may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of


F-22


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
the holders’ Convertible Notes for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be purchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, including any additional interest, to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date.
 
The Convertible Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and contain customary covenants, such as reporting of annual and quarterly financial results, and restrictions on certain mergers, consolidations and changes of control. The Convertible Notes also contain customary events of default, including failure to pay principal or interest, breach of covenants, cross-acceleration to other debt in excess of $20,000, unsatisfied judgments of $20,000 or more and bankruptcy events. The Convertible Notes contain no financial covenants.
 
The Company was required to separately account for the liability and equity components of the Convertible Notes in a manner that reflected the Company’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at the date of issuance. The Company allocated $8,822, net of tax of $5,593, of the $60,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes to the equity component, which represents a discount to the debt and is being amortized into interest expense using the effective interest method through June 1, 2014. Accordingly, the Company’s effective interest rate on the Convertible Notes was 15.0%. The Company is recognizing interest expense during the twelve months ending May 2011 on the Convertible Notes in an amount that approximates 15.0% of $47,700, the liability component of the Convertible Notes at June 1, 2010. The Convertible Notes were further discounted by $2,850 for fees paid to the initial purchasers. These fees are being accreted and other debt issuance costs are being amortized into interest expense over the life of the Convertible Notes. The interest expense recognized for the Convertible Notes in the twelve months ended May 2011 and subsequent periods will be greater as the discount is accreted and the effective interest method is applied. The Company recognized interest expense of $4,800, $2,773 and $0, related to the coupon, $2,301, $1,201 and $0 related to the conversion feature and $714, $417 and $0 related to various issuance costs for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The fair value of the Convertible Notes was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on our current borrowing rate for an instrument with similar terms (currently 12.5%). At December 31, 2010, the estimated fair value of the Convertible Notes was $52,677.
 
Senior second lien secured notes
 
On May 6, 2010, the Company issued $200,000 aggregate principal amount of its 12.50% Senior Second Lien Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”). The Notes bear interest at a rate of 12.5% per year and are guaranteed by SAI and PHI. The Notes are secured, on a second lien basis, by a pledge by PWI, SAI and PHI of the equity interests of certain of PWI’s subsidiaries. The Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of May 6, 2010 with U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee and Collateral Agent (the “Trustee”) and a Second Lien Pledge Agreement dated as of May 6, 2010 with the Trustee. The rights of the Trustee pursuant to the Second Lien Pledge Agreement are subject to an Intercreditor Agreement entered between PWI, the Trustee and the Administrative Agent for the Company’s senior secured credit facility.
 
The Notes contain customary representations and covenants, such as reporting of annual and quarterly financial results, and restrictions, among other things, on indebtedness, liens, certain restricted payments and investments, asset sales, certain mergers, consolidations and changes of control. The Notes also contain customary events of default, including failure to pay principal or interest, breach of covenants, cross-acceleration to other debt in excess of $20,000, unsatisfied judgments of $20,000 or more and bankruptcy events. Pursuant to the Notes PFSI is required to maintain net regulatory capital of at least 5.5% of its aggregate debt balances.
 
The Company used a part of the proceeds of the sale to pay down approximately $110,000 outstanding on its revolving credit facility (see discussion below), and used the balance of the proceeds to provide working capital, among other things, to support the correspondents the Company acquired from Ridge and for other general corporate purposes.


F-23


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company recorded a discount of $5,500 for the costs associated with the initial purchasers. These costs and other debt issuance costs are being amortized into interest expense over the life of the Notes. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Company recognized interest expense of $16,319, $0 and $0 related to the coupon and $638, $0 and $0 related to various issuance costs. The fair value of the Notes was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on our current borrowing rate for an instrument with similar terms (currently 12.5%). At December 31, 2010, the estimated fair value of the Notes was approximately $200,000.
 
Revolving credit facility
 
On May 1, 2009, the Company signed a secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of financial institutions. The Credit Facility was subsequently amended on May 27, 2009, September 22, 2009, November 2, 2009 and April 1, 2010. The April 1, 2010 amendment to the Credit Facility, among other things, extended the maturity of the Credit Facility to September 30, 2010, increased the aggregate commitments of the Lenders to $125,000 and revised certain financial covenants in the Credit Facility. On May 6, 2010, the Company repaid the Credit Facility and concurrently with such repayment entered into a second amended and restated credit agreement (the “Amended and Restated Credit Facility”) with Regions Bank, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer, the lenders party thereto and other parties thereto. The Amended and Restated Credit Facility provides for a $75,000 committed revolving credit facility and the lenders have, additionally, provided the Company with an uncommitted option to increase the principal amount of the facility to up to $125,000. The Company’s obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Facility are supported by a guaranty from SAI and PHI and a pledge by the Company, SAI and PHI of equity interests of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. The Amended and Restated Credit Facility is scheduled to mature on May 6, 2013. The Amended and Restated Credit Facility contains customary representations, and affirmative and negative covenants such as reporting of annual and quarterly financial results, and restrictions, among other things, on indebtedness, liens, investments, certain restricted payments, asset sales, certain mergers, consolidations and changes of control. The Amended and Restated Credit Facility also contains customary events of default, including failure to pay principal or interest, breach of covenants, cross-defaults to other debt in excess of $10,000, unsatisfied judgments of $10,000 or more and certain bankruptcy events. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Facility PFSI is required to maintain net regulatory capital of at least 5.5% of its aggregate debt balances. The Company is also required to comply with several financial covenants, including a minimum consolidated tangible net worth, minimum fixed charges coverage ratio, maximum consolidated leverage ratio, minimum liquidity requirement and maximum capital expenditures. On October 29, 2010, we entered into an amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Facility (the “First Amendment”). The First Amendment, among other things, revises certain financial covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Facility and provides for the addition of a minimum consolidated EBITDA covenant. The First Amendment also provides additional availability under the facility in certain circumstances. Currently, the Company has the capacity to borrow up to $25,000 under the Amended and Restated Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2010, the Amended and Restated Credit Facility was undrawn.
 
Ridge seller note
 
On June 25, 2010, in connection with the acquisition of the clearing and execution business of Ridge, the Company issued a $20,578 five-year subordinated note due June 25, 2015 (the “Ridge Seller Note”), payable by PWI bearing interest at an annual rate equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 5.5% to be paid quarterly (5.80% at December 31, 2010). The principal amount of the Ridge Seller Note is subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the Ridge APA (see Note 2). The Ridge Seller Note is unsecured and contains certain covenants, including certain reporting and notice requirements, restrictions on certain liens, guarantees by subsidiaries, prepayments of the Convertible Notes and certain mergers and consolidations. The Ridge Seller Note also contains customary events of default, including failure to pay principal or interest, breach of covenants, changes of control, cross-acceleration to other debt in excess of $50,000, certain bankruptcy events and certain terminations of the Company’s Master Services Agreement with Broadridge. The Ridge Seller Note contains no financial covenants.


F-24


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company determined that the stated rate of interest of the note was below the rate the Company could have obtained in the open market. The Company estimated that the interest rate it could obtain in the open market was 90-day LIBOR plus 9.6% (10.14% at June 25, 2010). The Company recorded a discount of $3,277, which resulted in an estimated fair value of $17,301 at issuance. The interest expense recognized for the Ridge Seller Note in the twelve months ending June 30, 2011 and subsequent periods will be greater as the discount is accreted and the effective interest method is applied. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, the Company recognized interest expense of $619, $0 and $0 related to the coupon and $263, $0 and $0 related to the discount. The fair value of the Ridge Seller Note approximated its carrying value of $17,560 as of December 31, 2010.
 
Approximate future annual maturities of the Company’s notes payable at December 31, 2010 are listed below:
 
         
    Amount  
 
2011
  $  
2012
     
2013
     
2014
    60,000  
2015
    20,578  
Thereafter
    200,000  
         
    $ 280,578  
         
 
15.   Stockholders’ equity
 
The following table details the Company’s share activity
 
                         
    Preferred
    Common
    Treasury
 
    Stock     Stock     Stock  
 
Balance, December 31, 2007
          25,543       2,683  
Issuance of common stock
          44        
Repurchase of treasury stock
          (714 )     714  
Stock-based compensation
          188        
Purchases under the employee stock purchase plan
          110        
Exercise of stock options
          36        
                         
Balance, December 31, 2008
          25,207       3,397  
Issuance of common stock
          35        
Repurchase of treasury stock
          (77 )     77  
Stock-based compensation
          275        
Purchases under the employee stock purchase plan
          108        
                         
Balance, December 31, 2009
          25,548       3,474  
Issuance of common stock
          2,456        
Repurchase of treasury stock
          (126 )     126  
Stock-based compensation
          469        
Purchases under the employee stock purchase plan
          86        
Exercise of stock options
          21        
                         
Balance, December 31, 2010
          28,454       3,600  
                         


F-25


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not grant any stock options and granted 407 and 207 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) with a fair value of $3,384 and $1,336, respectively. As a result, additional paid-in capital increased by $4,981 and $5,084 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively to reflect the amortization of the fair value of the stock options and RSUs. This increase included $153 and $218 of expense related to features of the employee stock purchase plan (see Note 19).
 
Comprehensive income (loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss), which is displayed in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, represents net income (loss) plus the results of certain stockholders’ equity changes not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
The after-tax components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,847 )   $ 16,011     $ 10,656  
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)
    2,619       4,773       (9,989 )
                         
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (17,228 )   $ 20,784     $ 667  
                         
 
The exchange rates used in the translation of amounts into U.S. dollars are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Canadian Dollars
                       
Statement of operations
  $ 0.99     $ 0.88     $ 0.95  
Balance sheet
    1.01       0.95       0.82  
British Pounds
                       
Statement of operations
  $ 1.54     $ 1.56     $ 1.85  
Balance sheet
    1.57       1.61       1.44  
Australian Dollars
                       
Statement of operations
  $ 0.96     $ 0.90     $  
Balance sheet
    1.02       0.90        
 
The rate used to translate asset and liability accounts is the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. The rate used to translate statement of operations accounts is the weighted average exchange rate in effect during the period.
 
Dividends
 
The Company does not currently pay dividends on its common shares and there are no preferred shares outstanding.
 
16.   Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk
 
In the normal course of business, the Company purchases and sells securities as both principal and agent. If another party to the transaction fails to fulfill its contractual obligation, the Company may incur a loss if the market value of the security is different from the contract amount of the transaction.


F-26


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company deposits customers’ margin account securities with lending institutions as collateral for borrowings. If a lending institution does not return a security, the Company may be obligated to purchase the security in order to return it to the customer. In such circumstances, the Company may incur a loss equal to the amount by which the market value of the security on the date of nonperformance exceeds the value of the loan from the institution.
 
In the event a customer fails to satisfy its obligations, the Company may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at prevailing market prices to fulfill the customer’s obligations. The Company seeks to control the risks associated with its customer activities by requiring customers to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various regulatory and internal guidelines. The Company monitors required margin levels on an intra-day basis and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral or to reduce positions when necessary. Although the Company monitors margin balances on an intra-day basis in order to control our risk exposure, the Company is not able to eliminate all risks associated with margin lending.
 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell are collateralized by U.S. government or U.S. government-guaranteed securities. Such transactions may expose the Company to off-balance-sheet risk in the event such borrowers do not repay the loans and the value of collateral held is less than that of the underlying contract amount. A similar risk exists on Canadian government securities purchased under agreements to resell that are a part of other assets. These agreements provide the Company with the right to maintain the relationship between market value of the collateral and the contract amount of the receivable.
 
The Company’s policy is to regularly monitor its market exposure and counterparty risk. The Company does not anticipate nonperformance by counterparties and maintains a policy of reviewing the credit standing of all parties, including customers, with which it conducts business.
 
For customers introduced on a fully-disclosed basis by other broker-dealers, the Company has the contractual right of recovery from such introducing broker-dealers in the event of nonperformance by the customer.
 
In addition, the Company has sold securities that it does not currently own and will therefore be obligated to purchase such securities at a future date. The Company has recorded these obligations in the financial statements at December 31, 2010, at fair values of the related securities and may incur a loss if the fair value of the securities increases subsequent to December 31, 2010.
 
17.   Related party transactions
 
The Company’s chairman, Mr. Engemoen, is a significant stockholder (directly or indirectly) in, and serves as the Chairman of the Board for, SAMCO Holdings, Inc. (“SAMCO”), which owns all of the outstanding stock or equity interests, as applicable, of each of SAMCO Financial Services, Inc. (“SAMCO Financial”), SAMCO Capital Markets, Inc. (“SAMCO Capital Markets”), and SAMCO-BD, LLC (“SAMCO-BD”). SAMCO and its affiliated entities are referred to as the “SAMCO Entities.” The Company currently provides technology support and other similar services to SAMCO and provides clearing services, including margin lending, to the customers of SAMCO Capital Markets. The Company had provided clearing and margin lending services to customers of SAMCO Financial prior to SAMCO Financial’s termination of its broker-dealer status on December 31, 2006.
 
On July 18, 2006, three claimants filed separate arbitration claims with the NASD (which is now known as FINRA) against PFSI related to the sale of certain collateralized mortgage obligations by SAMCO Financial Services, Inc. (“SAMCO Financial”) to its customers. In the ensuing months, additional arbitration claims were filed against PFSI and certain of our directors and officers based upon substantially similar underlying facts. These claims generally allege, among other things, that SAMCO Financial, in its capacity as broker, and PFSI, in its capacity as the clearing broker, failed to adequately supervise certain registered representatives of SAMCO Financial, and otherwise acted improperly in connection with the sale of these securities during the time period from approximately June 2004 to May 2006. Claimants have generally requested compensation for losses incurred through the depreciation in market value or liquidation of the collateralized mortgage obligations, interest on any


F-27


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
losses suffered, punitive damages, court costs and attorneys’ fees. In addition to the arbitration claims, on March 21, 2008, Ward Insurance Company, Inc., et al, filed a claim against PFSI and Roger J. Engemoen, Jr., the Company’s Chairman of the Board, in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego, Central District, based upon substantially similar facts. The Company has now settled, or agreed in principle to settle, all claims with respect to this matter of which the Company is aware. No further claims based on this matter are expected at this time.
 
Mr. Engemoen, the Company’s Chairman of the Board, is the Chairman of the Board, and beneficially owns approximately 52% of the outstanding stock, of SAMCO Holdings, Inc., the holding company of SAMCO Financial and SAMCO Capital Markets, Inc. (SAMCO Holdings, Inc. and its affiliated companies are referred to as the “SAMCO Entities”). Certain of the SAMCO Entities received certain assets from the Company when those assets were split-off immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering in 2006 (the “Split-Off”). In connection with the Split-Off and through contractual and other arrangements, certain of the SAMCO Entities have agreed to indemnify the Company and its affiliates against liabilities that were incurred by any of the SAMCO Entities in connection with the operation of their businesses, either prior to or following the Split-Off. During the third quarter of 2008, the Company’s management determined that, based on the financial condition of the SAMCO Entities, sufficient risk existed with respect to the indemnification protections to warrant a modification of these arrangements with the SAMCO Entities, as described below.
 
On November 5, 2008, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with certain of the SAMCO Entities pursuant to which the Company received a limited personal guaranty from Mr. Engemoen of certain of the indemnification obligations of various SAMCO Entities with respect to claims related to the underlying facts described above, and, in exchange, the Company agreed to limit the aggregate indemnification obligations of the SAMCO Entities with respect to certain matters described above to $2,965. Unpaid indemnification obligations of $800 were satisfied prior to February 15, 2009. Of the $800 obligation, $86 was satisfied through a setoff against an obligation owed to the SAMCO Entities by PFSI, with the balance paid in cash by December 31, 2009. Effective as of December 31, 2009, the Company and the SAMCO entities entered into an amendment to the settlement agreement, whereby SAMCO Holdings, Inc. agreed to pay an additional $133 on the last business day of each of the first six calendar months of 2010 (a total of $800). SAMCO Holdings, Inc. fully satisfied its obligations under the amendment. The SAMCO Entities remain responsible for the payment of their own defense costs and any claims from any third parties not expressly released under the settlement agreement, irrespective of amounts paid to indemnify the Company. The settlement agreement only relates to the matters described above and does not alter the indemnification obligations of the SAMCO Entities with respect to unrelated matters.
 
To account for liabilities related to the aforementioned claims that may be borne by the Company, a pre-tax charge of $2,350 was recorded in the third quarter of 2008 and $1.0 million in the second quarter of 2010. The Company does not anticipate further liabilities with respect to this matter.
 
In the general course of business, the Company and certain of its officers have been named as defendants in other various pending lawsuits and arbitration and regulatory proceedings. These other claims allege violation of federal and state securities laws, among other matters. The Company believes that resolution of these claims will not result in any material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, or results of operation.
 
Technology support and similar services are provided to SAMCO pursuant to the terms of a Transition Services Agreement entered into between the Company and SAMCO on May 16, 2006. That agreement was entered into at arm’s length and the Company believes it to be on market terms. Clearing services are provided to SAMCO Capital Markets pursuant to the terms of a clearing agreement entered into between the Company and SAMCO Capital Markets on May 19, 2005, as amended effective December 31, 2009. That agreement, as amended, was also entered into at arm’s length and is similar to clearing agreements the Company enters into from time to time with other similarly situated correspondents. The Company believes the terms to be no more favorable to SAMCO Capital Markets than what the Company would offer similarly situated correspondents. In 2009 the Company generated $105 in revenue from providing technology support and similar services to SAMCO and approximately $241 in revenue from the Company’s clearing relationship with SAMCO Capital Markets.


F-28


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company sublets space to SAMCO Capital Markets at the Company’s principal offices at 1700 Pacific Avenue in Dallas, Texas and at One Penn Plaza, in New York, NY. For each sublease, SAMCO Capital Markets is required to pay the percentage of the rental expense the Company incurs equal to the percentage of space SAMCO Capital Markets occupies. The Company believes each sublease to be on market terms. In 2010, for occupying the 20th floor of the Company’s Dallas office, SAMCO Capital Markets made payments totaling $122 the landlord of that property. For occupying a portion of Suite 5120 in the Company’s New York office, SAMCO Capital Markets made payments totaling $169 to the landlord of that property.
 
Mr. Thomas R. Johnson, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is also a member of the board of directors and the President, CEO and a stockholder of Call Now, Inc. (“Call Now”), a publicly traded company. Over the past several years, the Company has, through PFSI, its U.S. securities clearing broker-dealer subsidiary, extended margin credit to Call Now, among other of the Company’s related parties. Such credit has been extended in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated third parties and had not involved more than normal risk of collectability or presented other unfavorable features.
 
The Company’s management recently determined that certain municipal bonds underlying Call Now’s margin position had suffered reduced liquidity, and began working with Call Now to restructure the margin loan. As part of the restructuring, on February 25, 2010, Call Now converted $13,922 of its outstanding margin loan into a Promissory Note in favor of the Company accumulating interest at a rate of 10% per year. On September, 16, 2010 the Promissory Note was amended and restated to reflect an additional temporary advance of $400 and certain changes consequent upon such advance. The additional advance was repaid on November 12, 2010, together with certain additional prepayments of principal and accrued interest in an aggregate amount of $1,006. The outstanding principal amount of the Promissory Note as of December 31, 2010, was $13,322 and the largest balance that Call Now has owed under the Promissory Note, including accrued interest, was $15,330. While the Company’s management anticipates that all amounts currently due under the Promissory Note will be collected pursuant to the terms of the Promissory Note, effective January 1, 2011, management has determined to record interest income from Call Now obligations only on interest payments received. The unpaid principal balance of the Promissory Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, is due no later than February 25, 2012. Should Call Now default on its obligations under the Promissory Note, the Company may declare the principal balance together with all accrued and unpaid interest to be immediately due and payable. In connection with the Promissory Note, Call Now has assigned to the Company certain of its economic interests and in connection with the Promissory Note, pledged its interest in certain partnerships together with all assets held in the Call Now margin account to serve as additional collateral securing the loan. Mr. Thomas Johnson has no interest in the Call Now margin account or the Promissory Note, except to the extent of his approximately 4.7% ownership interest in Call Now. Mr. Johnson abstained from voting on all matters on behalf of the Company.
 
Effective September 1, 2010, we entered into a consulting agreement with Holland Consulting, LLC, a company controlled by our former president, Mr. Daniel P. Son. The consulting agreement was filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2010. Pursuant to the terms of the consulting agreement, Mr. Son will provide consulting services through December 31, 2012, at a rate of approximately $15 per month. We believe we entered into the consulting agreement on market terms, given Mr. Son’s expertise in our industry and his knowledge of our company’s operations. In 2010, the Company paid approximately $58 to Holland Consulting, LLC for consulting services rendered by Mr. Son.
 
18.   Employee benefit plan
 
The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) employee benefit plan (the “Plan”) that covers substantially all U.S. employees. Under the Plan, the Company may make a discretionary contribution. All U.S. employees are eligible to participate in the Plan, based on meeting certain age and term of employment


F-29


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
requirements. The Company contributed approximately $2,020, $1,963 and $1,278 during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
19.   Stock-based compensation
 
The Company grants awards of stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended in May 2009 (the “2000 Stock Incentive Plan”), under which 4,722 shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance. Of this amount, options and RSUs to purchase 2,281 shares of common stock, net of forfeitures have been granted and 2,441 shares remain available for future grants at December 31, 2010. The Company also provides an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”).
 
The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan includes three separate programs: (1) the discretionary option grant program under which eligible individuals in the Company’s employ or service (including officers, non-employee board members and consultants) may be granted options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company; (2) the stock issuance program under which such individuals may be issued shares of common stock directly or stock awards that vest over time, through the purchase of such shares or as a bonus tied to the performance of services; and (3) the automatic grant program under which grants will automatically be made at periodic intervals to eligible non-employee board members. The Company’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee may amend or modify the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan at any time, subject to any required stockholder approval.
 
Stock options
 
During 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Company did not grant any stock options to employees.
 
The Company recorded compensation expense relating to options of approximately $501, $1,197 and $1,521 during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity is as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted
    Aggregate
 
          Weighted
    Average
    Intrinsic
 
    Number of
    Average
    Contractual
    Value of In-the
 
    Shares     Exercise Price     Term     Money Options  
          (In whole dollars)     (In years)        
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2007
    1,169     $ 17.10       5.79     $ 946  
Granted
                       
Exercised
    (36 )     4.72              
Forfeited, cancelled or expired
    (105 )     18.95              
                                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2008
    1,028     $ 17.35       4.78     $ 206  
Granted
                       
Exercised
                       
Forfeited, cancelled or expired
    (96 )     19.35              
                                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2009
    932     $ 17.13       3.91     $ 290  
Granted
                       
Exercised
    (21 )     4.22              
Forfeited, cancelled or expired
    (144 )     17.82              
                                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2010
    767     $ 17.36       3.05     $ 34  
                                 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2010
    757     $ 17.31       3.04     $ 34  


F-30


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $100, $0 and $367. At December 31, 2010 and 2009 2008, the Company had approximately $49 and $492 of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option plans that will be recognized over the weighted average period of .51 and .81 years, respectively. Cash received from stock option exercises totaled approximately $88, $0 and $168 during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Restricted stock units
 
A summary of the Company’s Restricted Stock Unit activity is as follows:
 
                                 
          Weighted
    Weighted
       
          Average
    Average
    Aggregate
 
    Number of
    Grant Date
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
    Units     Fair Value     Term     Value  
          (In whole dollars)     (In years)        
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2007
    390     $ 17.39       2.6     $ 5,596  
Granted
    599       10.07              
Vested and issued
    (188 )     15.22              
Forfeited
    (52 )     17.97              
                                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2008
    749     $ 12.06       2.9     $ 5,704  
Granted
    207       6.72              
Vested and issued
    (275 )     12.76              
Forfeited
    (107 )     10.06              
                                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2009
    574     $ 10.17       2.4     $ 5,202  
Granted
    407       8.32              
Vested and issued
    (441 )     9.92              
Forfeited
    (119 )     9.37              
                                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2010
    421     $ 8.83       2.1     $ 2,061  
                                 
 
The Company recorded compensation expense relating to restricted stock units of approximately $4,166, $3,672 and $2,818 during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There is approximately $3,118 and $4,806 of unamortized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Employee stock purchase plan
 
In July 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the ESPP, designed to allow eligible employees of the Company to purchase shares of common stock, at semiannual intervals, through periodic payroll deductions. A total of 313 shares of common stock were initially reserved under the ESPP. The share reserve will automatically increase on the first trading day of January each calendar year, beginning in calendar year 2007, by an amount equal to 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock on the last trading day in December in the prior calendar year. Under the current plan, no such annual increase may exceed 63 shares.
 
The ESPP may have a series of offering periods, each with a maximum duration of 24 months. Offering periods will begin at semi-annual intervals as determined by the plan administrator. Individuals regularly expected to work more than 20 hours per week for more than five calendar months per year may join an offering period on the start date of that period. However, employees may participate in only one offering period at a time. Participants may contribute 1% to 15% of their annual compensation through payroll deductions, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each semi-annual purchase date. The purchase price per share shall be


F-31


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
determined by the plan administrator at the start of each offering period and shall not be less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which the participant is enrolled or the fair market value per share on the semi-annual purchase date. The plan administrator shall have the discretionary authority to establish the maximum number of shares of common stock purchasable per participant and in total by all participants in that particular offering period. The Company’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time, and the ESPP will terminate no later than the last business day of June 2015. As of December 31, 2010, 563 shares of common stock had been reserved and 496 shares of common stock had been purchased by employees pursuant to the ESPP plan. The Company recognized expense of $153, $218 and $184 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Other
 
In connection with severance payments made to two senior executives, 30 shares of PWI common stock were issued resulting in stock-based compensation expense of $166 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
20.   Commitments and contingencies
 
The Company has obligations under capital and operating leases with initial noncancelable terms in excess of one year. Minimum non-cancelable lease payments required under operating and capital leases for the years subsequent to December 31, 2010, are as follows:
 
                 
    Capital
    Operating
 
    Leases     Leases  
 
2011
  $ 5,425     $ 5,702  
2012
    2,143       4,738  
2013
    496       4,030  
2014
          2,833  
2015
          2,412  
2016 and thereafter
          4,311  
                 
    $ 8,064     $ 24,026  
                 
 
The Company has recorded assets under capital leases, included in property and equipment in the consolidated statements of financial condition, with net balances of $7,049 of equipment and $1,047 of software at December 31, 2010 and $5,914 of equipment and $1,946 of software at December 31, 2009. The related capital lease obligations are included in accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $7,443, $6,325 and $5,838, respectively.
 
From time to time, we are involved in other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business relating to matters including, but not limited to, our role as clearing broker for our correspondents. In some instances, but not all, where we are named in arbitration proceedings solely in our role as the clearing broker for our correspondents, we are able to pass through expenses related to the arbitration to the correspondent involved in the arbitration (see Note 17).
 
Under its bylaws, the Company has agreed to indemnify its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences arising as a result of the officer or director’s serving in such capacity. The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors that require us to indemnify our directors to the extent permitted under our bylaws and applicable law. Although management is not aware of any claims, the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. However, the Company has a directors and officer liability insurance policy that limits


F-32


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
its exposure and enables it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of its insurance policy coverage, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal and has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2010.
 
21.   Income taxes
 
Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes:
                       
U.S. 
  $ (30,398 )   $ 14,975     $ 25,993  
Non-U.S. 
    1,182       10,861       (9,344 )
                         
    $ (29,216 )   $ 25,836     $ 16,649  
                         
 
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ (9,196 )   $ 1,125     $ 8,804  
State
    1,054       354       617  
Non-U.S. 
    (634 )     3,215       (4,405 )
                         
      (8,776 )     4,694       5,016  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
  $ (995 )   $ 4,557     $ 930  
State
    (66 )     543       110  
Non-U.S. 
    468       31       (63 )
                         
      (593 )     5,131       977  
                         
Total
  $ (9,369 )   $ 9,825     $ 5,993  
                         
 
The differences in income tax provided and the amounts determined by applying the statutory rate to income (loss) before income taxes results from the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Federal statutory income tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Lower tax rates applicable to non-U.S. earnings
    2.0       (2.1 )     (2.4 )
International trade tax credit
    1.6             (4.8 )
State and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits
    (2.2 )     2.3       5.2  
Stock-based compensation
    (3.1 )     2.2       3.4  
Other, net
    (1.2 )     0.6       (0.4 )
                         
      32.1 %     38.0 %     36.0 %
                         
 
Deferred taxes are determined based on temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates, which will be in effect when these differences reverse. Valuation allowances recorded on the balance sheet dates are necessary in cases where management


F-33


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
believes that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had a federal net operating loss of $24,835, all of which may be carried back to recover taxes paid in 2008 and 2009. The Company also has state net operating loss carry forwards and loss carry forwards in certain foreign jurisdictions as of December 31, 2010. Management has determined that a valuation allowance of $1,275 and $0 was necessary at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company expects that certain timing differences will be reversing in the future which will further limit U.S. federal income taxes expected to be paid. Deferred taxes are included in accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Deferred income taxes consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Current deferred taxes:
               
Bad debt allowance
  $ 3,495     $ 2,158  
Accrued expenses
    2,291        
Prepaid assets
    (751 )     (690 )
                 
    $ 5,035     $ 1,468  
                 
Non-current deferred taxes:
               
Net operating loss carry forwards
  $ 1,275     $  
Fixed asset basis differences
    (4,656 )     (2,890 )
Intangible assets
    (5,865 )     (3,155 )
Stock-based compensation
    2,046       1,824  
Equity component of the conversion feature attributable to senior convertible notes
    (4,103 )     (4,968 )
Other
    278       (137 )
Valuation allowance
    (1,275 )      
                 
    $ (12,300 )   $ (9,326 )
                 
Total
  $ (7,265 )   $ (7,858 )
                 
 
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005. The Company does not anticipate the results of any open examinations would result in a material change to its financial position.


F-34


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company adopted the amended provisions of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation, the Company recognized a $580 increase to liabilities for uncertain tax positions. This increase was accounted for as a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings on the consolidated statements of financial condition. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
         
Balance at December 31, 2007
    826  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    657  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (526 )
         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    957  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    230  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (191 )
         
Balance at December 31, 2009
    996  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    79  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    148  
         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 1,223  
         
 
The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes. The Company recognized penalties and interest of approximately $161, $83 and $111 respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and had accrued approximately $564 and $403 for the payment of penalties and interest at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The reserves for uncertain tax positions are included in accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
22.   Segment information
 
The Company is organized into operating segments based on geographic regions. These operating segments have been aggregated into three reportable segments; United States, Canada and Other. The Company evaluates the performance of its operating segments based upon operating income (loss) before unusual and non-recurring items. The following table summarizes selected financial information:
 
                                 
    United
           
December 31, 2010
  States   Canada   Other   Consolidated
 
Revenues
  $ 244,959     $ 46,412     $ 19,246     $ 310,617  
Interest, net
    62,553       4,092       1,854       68,499  
Income (loss) before tax
    (30,398 )     2,043       (861 )     (29,216 )
Net income (loss)
    (21,194 )     2,505       (1,158 )     (19,847 )
Segment assets
    8,474,114       1,481,780       298,290       10,254,184  
Goodwill and intangibles
    177,307       538       1,219       179,064  
Capital expenditures
    14,104       5,219       1,036       20,359  
Depreciation and amortization
    14,589       1,444       1,509       17,542  
Amortization of intangibles
    3,232             15       3,247  
 


F-35


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                 
    United
           
December 31, 2009
  States   Canada   Other   Consolidated
 
Revenues
  $ 260,064     $ 52,404     $ 11,692     $ 324,160  
Interest, net
    60,710       3,649       1,581       65,940  
Income before tax
    14,975       10,442       419       25,836  
Net income
    8,396       7,285       330       16,011  
Segment assets
    5,918,739       1,122,703       209,633       7,251,075  
Goodwill and intangibles
    131,715       538       312       132,565  
Capital expenditures
    18,435       1,272       2,034       21,741  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,346       1,120       1,556       16,022  
Amortization of intangibles
    3,136                   3,136  
 
                                 
    United
           
December 31, 2008
  States   Canada   Other   Consolidated
 
Revenues
  $ 291,643     $ 71,302     $ 20,924     $ 383,869  
Interest, net
    61,535       11,365       2,158       75,058  
Income (loss) before tax
    25,993       (9,554 )     210       16,649  
Net income (loss)
    15,532       (4,964 )     88       10,656  
Segment assets
    4,610,951       607,500       320,744       5,539,195  
Goodwill and intangibles
    116,915       538       312       117,765  
Capital expenditures
    14,803       1,130       3,098       19,031  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,265       1,536       1,314       16,115  
Amortization of intangibles
    4,121       11             4,132  
 
23.   Regulatory requirements
 
PFSI is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule (“Rule 15c3-1”), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. PFSI elected to use the alternative method, permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that PFSI maintain minimum net capital, as defined, equal to the greater of $250 or 2% of aggregate debit balances, as defined in the SEC’s Reserve Requirement Rule (“Rule 15c3-3”). At December 31, 2010, PFSI had net capital of $139,495, and was $96,493 in excess of its required net capital of $43,002. At December 31, 2009, PFSI had net capital of $94,738, and was $70,417 in excess of its required net capital of $24,321.
 
The Company’s Penson Futures, PFSL, PFSC and PFSA subsidiaries are also subject to minimum financial and capital requirements. All subsidiaries were in compliance with their minimum financial and capital requirements as of December 31, 2010.
 
The regulatory rules referred to above may restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from its regulated subsidiaries, which in turn could limit the Subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends and the Company’s ability to satisfy its debt obligations. PFSC, PFSL and PFSA are subject to regulatory requirements in their respective countries which also limit the amount of dividends that they may be able to pay to their parent. The Company has no current plans to seek any dividends from these entities.
 
24.   Guarantees
 
The Company is required to disclose information about its obligations under certain guarantee arrangements. Guarantees are defined as contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments for the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) asset, liability, or

F-36


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
equity security of a guaranteed party. They are further defined as contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.
 
The Company is a member of various exchanges that trade and clear securities, futures and commodities. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange. While the rules governing different exchange memberships vary, in general the Company’s guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange had previously exhausted its resources. In addition, any such guarantee obligation would be apportioned among the other non-defaulting members of the exchange. Any potential contingent liability under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. Prior to making such an estimate, the Company would be required to know the size of the member company that would experience financial difficulty as well as the amount of recovery that could be expected from the exchange as well as the other member firms of the exchange. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.
 
25.   Vendor related asset impairment
 
In re Sentinel Management Group, Inc.  is a Chapter 11 bankruptcy case filed on August 17, 2007 in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois by Sentinel. Prior to the filing of this action, Penson Futures and PFFI held customer segregated accounts with Sentinel totaling approximately $36,000. Sentinel subsequently sold certain securities to Citadel Equity Fund, Ltd. and Citadel Limited Partnership. On August 20, 2007, the Bankruptcy Court authorized distributions of 95 percent of the proceeds Sentinel received from the sale of those securities to certain FCM clients of Sentinel, including Penson Futures and PFFI. This distribution to the Penson Futures and PFFI customer segregated accounts along with a distribution received immediately prior to the bankruptcy filing totaled approximately $25,400.
 
On May 12, 2008, a committee of Sentinel creditors, consisting of a majority of non-FCM creditors, together with the trustee appointed to manage the affairs and liquidation of Sentinel (the “Sentinel Trustee”), filed with the Court their proposed Plan of Liquidation (the “Committee Plan”) and on May 13, 2008 filed a Disclosure Statement related thereto. The Committee Plan allows the Sentinel Trustee to seek the return from FCMs, including Penson Futures and PFFI, of a portion of the funds previously distributed to their customer segregated accounts. On June 19, 2008, the Court entered an order approving the Disclosure Statement over objections by Penson Futures, PFFI and others. On September 16, 2008, the Sentinel Trustee filed suit against Penson Futures and PFFI along with several other FCMs that received distributions to their customer segregated accounts from Sentinel. The suit against Penson Futures and PFFI seeks the return of approximately $23,600 of post-bankruptcy petition transfers and approximately $14,400 of pre-bankruptcy petition transfers. The suit also seeks to declare that the funds distributed to the customer segregated accounts of Penson Futures and PFFI by Sentinel are the property of the Sentinel bankruptcy estate rather than the property of customers of Penson Futures and PFFI.
 
On December 15, 2008, over the objections of Penson Futures and PFFI, the court entered an order confirming the Committee Plan, and the Committee Plan became effective on December 17, 2008. On January 7, 2009 Penson Futures and PFFI filed their answer and affirmative defenses to the suit brought by the Sentinel Trustee. Also on January 7, 2009, Penson Futures, PFFI and a number of other FCMs that had placed customer funds with Sentinel filed motions with the federal district court for the Northern District of Illinois, effectively asking the federal district court to remove the Sentinel suits against the FCMs from the bankruptcy court and consolidate them with other Sentinel related actions pending in the federal district court. On April 8, 2009, the Sentinel Trustee filed an amended complaint, which added a claim for unjust enrichment. Following an unsuccessful attempt to dismiss that claim on September 11, 2009, Penson Futures and PFFI filed their amended answer and amended affirmative defenses to the Sentinel Trustee’s amended complaint. On October 28, 2009, the federal district court for the Northern District


F-37


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
of Illinois granted the motions of Penson Futures, PFFI, and certain other FCM’s requesting removal of the matters referenced above from the bankruptcy court, thereby removing these matters to the federal district court.
 
On February 23, 2011, the federal district court held a continued status hearing, during which Penson Futures, PFFI and the Sentinel Trustee agreed that coordinated discovery with respect to the Sentinel suits against the Company and other FCMs was still proceeding. No trial date has been set.
 
In one of the actions brought by the Sentinel Trustee against an FCM whose customer segregated accounts received similar distributions to those made to the customer segregated accounts of Penson Futures and PFFI, the Sentinel Trustee has brought a motion for summary judgment on certain counts asserted against such FCM that may implicate the claims brought by the Sentinel Trustee against the Company. There is no date set for the resolution of that motion.
 
The Company believes that the Court was correct in ordering the prior distributions and Penson Futures and PFFI intend to continue to vigorously defend their position. However, there can be no assurance that any actions by Penson Futures or PFFI will result in a limitation or avoidance of potential repayment liabilities. In the event that Penson Futures and PFFI are obligated to return all previously distributed funds to the Sentinel Estate, any losses the Company might suffer would most likely be partially mitigated as it is likely that Penson Futures and PFFI would share in the funds ultimately disbursed by the Sentinel Estate.
 
26.   Correspondent asset loss
 
As reported in October 2008, the Company’s Canadian subsidiary obtained an unsecured receivable as a result of a number of transactions involving listed Canadian equity securities by Evergreen Capital Partners Inc. (“Evergreen”) on behalf of itself and/or its customers, for which Evergreen and/or its customers were unable to make payment. Subsequently, Evergreen ceased operations and filed for bankruptcy protection. The Company conducted an investigation into the circumstances surrounding the events that resulted in the unsecured receivable and retained the services of various professional advisors to assist in the investigation. PFSC has now obtained from Evergreen’s bankruptcy estate an assignment of Evergreen’s claims against certain of Evergreen’s customers, and in June, 2009, PFSC commenced legal proceedings against, among others, those customers of Evergreen in an attempt to recover lost funds.
 
In connection with the Company’s preparation of its 2008 consolidated financial statements, the Company’s management, after consultation with the Company’s Board of Directors and outside advisors, concluded that as of December 31, 2008, a significant amount of the receivable was not recoverable and recorded a charge of approximately $26,400, net of estimated recoveries and professional fees. The Company is continuing to explore ways to further recover amounts associated with this charge and, other than recurring professional fees, does not anticipate incurring any additional losses relative to this matter.
 
27.   Stock repurchase program
 
On July 3, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $25,000 of its common stock in open market purchases and privately negotiated transactions. The repurchase program was completed in October 2007. On December 6, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase an additional $12,500 of its common stock. From December, 2007 through 2008, the Company repurchased approximately 654 shares at an average price of $10.32 per share. No shares were repurchased during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Company had approximately $4,700 available under the current repurchase program as of December 31, 2010; however, our Amended and Restated Credit Facility limits our ability to repurchase our stock.


F-38


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
28.   Restructuring charge
 
In June 2010, in connection with the recently signed outsourcing agreement with Broadridge, the Company announced a plan to reduce its headcount across several of its operating subsidiaries primarily over the next six to 15 months. The terms of the plan include both severance pay and bonus payments associated with continuing employment (“Stay Pay”) until the respective outsourcing is completed. These payments will occur at the end of the respective severance periods. In connection with the severance pay portion of the plan the Company recorded a severance charge of $2,016 for the year ended December 31, 2010 of which $1,687 is included in the United States segment, $140 included in the Canada segment and $189 included in the Other segment. This charge was included in employee compensation and benefits in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company estimates that it will incur costs of $2,141 associated with Stay Pay of which $1,808 is related to the United States segment, $76 associated with the Canada segment and $257 related to the Other segment. The Company has recorded a charge of $864 in connection with the Stay Pay for the year ended December 31, 2010 of which $723 is associated with the United States segment, $60 is related to the Canada segment and $81 is associated with the Other segment. These charges are being recorded on a straight line basis as the benefits are earned.
 
29.   Condensed financial statements of Penson Worldwide, Inc. (parent only)
 
Presented below are the Condensed Statements of Financial Condition, Operations and Cash Flows for the Company on an unconsolidated basis.
 
Penson Worldwide, Inc. (parent only)
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 921     $ 249  
Receivable from affiliates
    237,244       202,929  
Property and equipment, net
    9,643       9,848  
Investment in subsidiaries
    243,001       234,032  
Other assets
    99,057       2,990  
                 
Total assets
  $ 589,866     $ 450,048  
                 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
               
Notes payable
  $ 259,728     $ 132,769  
Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities
    29,217       18,377  
                 
Total liabilities
    288,945       151,146  
Total stockholders’ equity
    300,921       298,902  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 589,866     $ 450,048  
                 


F-39


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Penson Worldwide, Inc. (parent only)
Condensed Statements of Operations
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Revenues
  $ 13,562     $ 5,075     $ 5,097  
Expenses
                       
Employee compensation and benefits
    15,933       12,753       11,533  
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
    458              
Communications and data processing
    2,131       2,562       60  
Occupancy and equipment
    8,176       7,170       4,745  
Other expenses
    5,157       4,522       6,562  
Interest expense on long-term debt
    30,633       10,187       3,854  
                         
      62,488       37,194       26,754  
                         
Loss before income taxes and equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (48,926 )     (32,119 )     (21,657 )
Income tax benefit
    (24,418 )     (16,182 )     (10,669 )
                         
Loss before equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (24,508 )     (15,937 )     (10,988 )
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    4,661       31,948       21,644  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,847 )   $ 16,011     $ 10,656  
                         


F-40


Table of Contents

Penson Worldwide, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Penson Worldwide, Inc. (parent only)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,847 )   $ 16,011     $ 10,656  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    6,825       5,376       4,722  
Deferred income taxes
    (593 )     5,131       977  
Stock based compensation
    4,986       5,087       4,523  
Debt discount accretion
    3,658       1,534        
Debt issuance costs
    1,805       882        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Net receivable/payable with affiliates
    (2,404 )     (62,674 )     (6,494 )
Other assets
    (26,666 )     1,410       (2,417 )
Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities
    8,862       4,921       (5,695 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (23,374 )     (22,322 )     6,272  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of property and equipment, net
    (6,620 )     (9,409 )     (3,545 )
Subordinated loan to subsidiary
    (70,000 )            
Increase in investment in subsidiaries
    (8,969 )     (39,796 )     (5,216 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (85,589 )     (49,205 )     (8,761 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Net proceeds from issuance of senior second lien secured
    193,294              
Net proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
          56,200        
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
    31,500       50,000       20,000  
Repayments of revolving credit facility
    (120,000 )     (36,500 )      
Exercise of stock options
    88             168  
Excess tax benefit on exercise of stock options
    48       27       75  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (878 )     (676 )     (7,431 )
Issuance of common stock
    472       656       1,000  
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    104,524       69,707       13,812  
                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash
    5,111       2,060       (11,326 )
                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    672       240       (3 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    249       9       12  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 921     $ 249     $ 9  
                         
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
                       
Interest payments
  $ 21,130     $ 5,350     $ 4,265  
Income tax payments
  $ 1,402     $ 3,409     $ 11,762  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:
                       
Common stock issued in connection with the Ridge acquisition
  $ 14,611     $     $  


F-41


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
                         
       
Incorporated by Reference
  Filing
Exhibit
 
Name of Exhibit
 
Form
 
File Number
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
  2 .1   Asset Purchase Agreement by and between SAI Holdings, Inc. and Schonfeld Securities, LLC, dated as of November 20, 2006   8-K   001-32878   2.1   11/21/06
  2 .2   Purchase Agreement by and among Goldenberg Hehmeyer & Co. and Goldenberg LLC, Hehmeyer LLC, GHCO Partners LLC, GH Traders LLC, each of the Principals listed on the signature pages thereto and SAI Holdings, Inc., GHP1, Inc., GHP2, LLC and Christopher Hehmeyer in his capacity as Sellers’ Representative   8-K   001-32878   2.1   11/7/06
  2 .3   Letter Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2007, by and among SAI Holdings, Inc., Penson Financial Services, Inc., Schonfeld Group Holdings LLC, Schonfeld Securities, LLC, Opus Trading Fund LLC and Quantitative Trading Strategies LLC   8-K   001-32878   2.1   10/12/07
  2 .4   Letter Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among SAI Holdings, Inc., Penson Financial Services, Inc., Schonfeld Group Holdings LLC, Schonfeld Securities, LLC, and Opus Trading Fund LLC   8-K   001-32878   2.1   4/28/10
  2 .5*†   Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Penson Worldwide, Inc., Penson Financial Services, Inc., Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. and Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc., dated November 2, 2009   10-K   001-32878   2.4   3/5/10
  3 .1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Penson Worldwide, Inc.    S-1/A   333-127385   3.1   5/1/06
  3 .2   Form of Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Penson Worldwide, Inc.    8-K   001-32878   3.2   6/5/09
  4 .1   Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock   S-1   333-127385   4.1   4/24/06
  4 .2+   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement between Roger J. Engemoen, Jr., Philip A. Pendergraft and Daniel P. Son and Penson Worldwide, Inc. dated November 30, 2000   S-1   333-127385   4.2   8/10/05
  4 .3   Indenture, dated June 3, 2009, between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association   8-K   001-32878   4.1   6/5/09
  4 .4   Form of 8.00% Senior Convertible Note due 2014   8-K   001-32878   4.2   6/5/09
  4 .5   Indenture, dated May 6, 2010, between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association   8-K   001-32878   4.1   5/7/10
  4 .6   Form of 12.5% Senior Second Lien Secured Notes due 2017   8-K   001-32878   4.2   5/7/10
  10 .1+   Penson Worldwide, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan   DEF 14A   001-32878   Appendix A   4/8/09
  10 .2+   Penson Worldwide, Inc. 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan   S-1/A   333-127385   10.2   4/24/06


Table of Contents

                         
       
Incorporated by Reference
  Filing
Exhibit
 
Name of Exhibit
 
Form
 
File Number
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
  10 .3   1700 Pacific Avenue Office Lease by and between F/P/D Master Lease, Inc. and Penson Financial Services, Inc. (f/k/a Service Asset Management Company) dated May 20, 1998 as amended July 16, 1998, February 17, 1999, September 20, 1999, November 30, 1999, May 25, 2000 and January 9, 2001   S-1   333-127385   10.3   8/10/05
  10 .4   Lease of Premises between Downing Street Holdings (330 Bay St), Inc. and Penson Financial Services Canada Inc. (one of our subsidiaries) dated September 17, 2002   S-1   333-127385   10.4   8/10/05
  10 .5   Offer to Lease between Penson Financial Services Canada Inc. and 360 St-Jacques Nova Scotia Company dated October 14, 2003   S-1   333-127385   10.5   8/10/05
  10 .6   Lease agreement between Derwent Valley London Limited, Derwent Valley Central Limited, Penson Financial Services Limited, and Penson Worldwide, Inc. effective August 11, 2005   S-1   333-127385   10.6   8/10/05
  10 .7†   Remote Processing Agreement between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and SunGard Data Systems Inc. dated July 10, 1995, as amended September 13, 1996 and August 1, 2002   S-1/A   333-127385   10.11   8/10/05
  10 .8   Form of SAMCO Reorganization Agreement by and between Penson Worldwide, Inc., SAI Holdings, Inc. and Penson Financial Services, Inc. and SAMCO Capital Markets, Inc. and SAMCO Holdings, Inc.    S-1/A   333-127385   10.12   5/1/06
  10 .9   Form of Transition Services Agreement by and between SAMCO Holdings, Inc. and Penson Worldwide, Inc.    S-1/A   333-127385   10.13   5/1/06
  10 .10+   Employment Letter Agreement between the Company and Andrew Koslow dated August 26, 2002   S-1   333-127385   10.15   8/10/05
  10 .11+   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and its officers and directors   S-1   333-127385   10.16   8/10/05
  10 .12   Registration Rights Agreement by and between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and Schonfeld Securities, LLC, dated as of November 20, 2006   8-K   001-32878   10.1   3/21/06
  10 .13   Stockholder’s Agreement effective as of November 20, 2006 between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and Schonfeld Securities, LLC   8-K   001-32878   10.2   11/21/06
  10 .14   Guaranty Agreement made as of November 20, 2006 by Schonfeld Group Holdings LLC in favor of SAI Holdings, Inc. and Penson Financial Services, Inc.    8-K   001-32878   10.3   11/21/06
  10 .15   Unconditional Guaranty Agreement made as of November 20, 2006 by Schonfeld Group Holdings LLC, Schonfeld Securities LLC and Steven B. Schonfeld in favor of Penson Financial Services, Inc.    8-K   001-32878   10.4   11/21/06


Table of Contents

                         
       
Incorporated by Reference
  Filing
Exhibit
 
Name of Exhibit
 
Form
 
File Number
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
  10 .16   Termination/Compensation Payment Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2006, by and among Opus Trading Fund LLC, Quantitative Trading Solutions, LLC and Penson Financial Services, Inc.    8-K   001-32878   10.5   11/21/06
  10 .17+   Employment Letter Agreement between the Company and Kevin W. McAleer dated February 15, 2006   S-1/A   333-127385   10.22   3/21/06
  10 .18+   Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Philip A. Pendergraft dated April 21, 2006   S-1/A   333-127385   10.23   5/1/06
  10 .19+   Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Daniel P. Son dated April 21, 2006   S-1/A   333-127385   10.24   5/1/06
  10 .20   Eighth Amendment to 1700 Pacific Avenue Office Lease by and between Berkeley First City, Ltd. and Penson Worldwide, Inc. dated April 12, 2006   S-1/A   333-127385   10.25   5/9/06
  10 .21†   Amendment to Remote Processing Agreement between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and SunGard Data Systems Inc. dated July 10, 1995, as amended September 13, 1996 and August 1, 2002   8-K   001-32878   10.10   7/31/06
  10 .22   Letter Agreement dated February 16th, 2007, amending that certain Purchase Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006 among Goldenberg Hehmeyer & Co., Goldenberg LLC, Hehmeyer LLC, GH Trading LLC, GHCO Partners LLC, Christopher Hehmeyer, Ralph Goldenberg, SAI Holdings, Inc., GH1 Inc. and GH2 LLC and Christopher Hehmeyer in his capacity as Seller’s Representative   8-K   001-32878   10.2   2/16/07
  10 .23†   Schedule E, dated July 23, 2007, to the Remote Processing Agreement between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and SunGard Data Systems Inc. dated July 10, 1995, as amended September 13, 1996 and August 1, 2002   10-Q   001-32878   10.2   11/13/07
  10 .24+   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Daniel P. Son, dated December 31, 2008   10-K   001-32878   10.44   3/16/09
  10 .25+   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Philip A. Pendergraft, dated December 31, 2008   10-K   001-32878   10.45   3/16/09
  10 .26+   Amendment to Compensation Letter between the Company and Andrew B. Koslow, dated December 31, 2008   10-K   001-32878   10.46   3/16/09
  10 .27+   Amendment to Compensation Letter between the Company and Kevin W. McAleer, dated December 31, 2008   10-K   001-32878   10.47   3/16/09
  10 .28   Purchase Agreement by and among Penson Worldwide, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., dated May 28, 2009   8-K   001-32878   10.1   5/29/09
  10 .29+   2010 Executive Bonus Plan   8-K   001-32878   10.1   2/16/10


Table of Contents

                         
       
Incorporated by Reference
  Filing
Exhibit
 
Name of Exhibit
 
Form
 
File Number
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
  10 .30   Purchase Agreement, dated April 29, 2010, between Penson Worldwide, Inc., Penson Holdings, Inc., SAI Holdings, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as representative of the initial purchasers   8-K   001-32878   10.1   4/30/10
  10 .31†   Amendment Agreement, dated June 25, 2010, among Penson Worldwide, Inc., SAI Holdings, Inc., Penson Financial Services, Inc., Penson Financial Services Ltd, Penson Financial Services Canada Inc., Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc., Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc., Broadridge Financial Solutions (Canada) Inc. and Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions Limited   10-Q   001-32878   10.2   8/6/10
  10 .32   Seller Note, dated June 25, 2010, with Penson Worldwide, Inc., as Issuer and Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc., as Payee   10-Q   001-32878   10.4   8/6/10
  10 .33   Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2010, with Penson Worldwide, Inc., Penson Holdings, Inc., and SAI Holdings, Inc. as pledgors, in favor of Regions Bank   10-Q   001-32878   10.6   8/6/10
  10 .34   Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2010, between Regions Bank, U.S. Bank National Association, Penson Worldwide, Inc., Penson Holdings, Inc., and SAI Holdings, Inc.    10Q   001-32878   10.7   8/6/10
  10 .35   Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated May 6, 2010, with SAI Holdings, Inc., and Penson Holdings, Inc.    10-Q   001-32878   10.8   8/6/10
  10 .36†   Amendment, Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated June 25, 2010 among Penson Worldwide, Inc., SAI Holdings, Inc., Penson Financial Services, Inc., Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. and Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc.    10-Q/A   001-32878   10.3   9/16/10
  10 .37†   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated the 6th day of May, 2010, by and among the Company, Regions Bank, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and Letter of Credit Issuer, the lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto   10-Q/A   001-32878   10.5   9/16/10
  10 .38†   Master Services Agreement by and between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc., dated November 2, 2009   10-K   001-32878   10.35   3/5/10
  10 .39†   Service Bureau and Operations Support Services Schedule to the Master Services Agreement between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc., dated November 2, 2009, by and between Penson Financial Services, Inc. and Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc. dated November 2, 2009   10-K   001-32878   10.36   3/5/10


Table of Contents

                         
       
Incorporated by Reference
  Filing
Exhibit
 
Name of Exhibit
 
Form
 
File Number
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
  10 .40†   Service Bureau and Operations Support Services Schedule to the Master Services Agreement between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc., dated November 2, 2009, by and between Penson Financial Services Canada Inc. and Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions, Inc. dated November 2, 2009   10-K   001-32878   10.37   3/5/10
  10 .41+   Letter Agreement, effective August 31, 2010, between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and Daniel P. Son   10-Q   001-32878   10.1   11/9/10
  10 .42+   Consulting Agreement, effective September 1, 2010, between Penson Worldwide, Inc. and Holland Consulting, LLC   10-Q   001-32878   10.2   11/9/10
  10 .43*†   First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated the 29th day of October, 2010, by and among the Company, Regions Bank, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and Letter of Credit Issuer, the lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto                
  10 .44*+   Executive Bonus Plan.                
  11 .1   Statement regarding computation of per share earnings   S-1/A   333-127385   11.1   5/1/06
  12 .1*   Statement regarding computation of ratios                
  21 .1*   List of Subsidiaries                
  23 .1*   Consent of BDO USA, LLP                
  31 .1*   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)                
  31 .2*   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)                
  32 .1*   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)                
  32 .2*   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)                
 
 
* Filed herewith.
 
+ Management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements in which directors or executive officers are eligible to participate.
 
Confidential treatment has been requested for certain information contained in this document. Such information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.